100% found this document useful (2 votes)

1K views700 pages

BMW - M3 - V8-4.0 - E92 - Manual Part4

The document provides technical specifications and diagrams for various interior light components, power windows, and other electrical systems of a 2008 BMW M3 Coupe over nearly 50 pages.

Uploaded by

Mariluz Fonseca Prieto

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

100% found this document useful (2 votes)

1K views700 pages

BMW - M3 - V8-4.0 - E92 - Manual Part4

The document provides technical specifications and diagrams for various interior light components, power windows, and other electrical systems of a 2008 BMW M3 Coupe over nearly 50 pages.

Uploaded by

Mariluz Fonseca Prieto

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 700

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.

40 Page 888
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2101

Interior lights Part 5

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 889
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2102

Interior lights Part 6

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 890
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2103
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 891
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2104
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 892
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2105

Power supply, function control center, roof FZD

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 893
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2106
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 894
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2107
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 895
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2108

Adaptive headlight Part 1

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 896
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2109

Adaptive headlight Part 2

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 897
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2110

Adaptive headlight Part 3

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 898
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2111

Adaptive headlight Part 4

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 899
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2112
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 900
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2113
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 901
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2114
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 902
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2115
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 903
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2116
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 904
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2117
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 905
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2118
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 906
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2119
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 907
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2120
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 908
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2121
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 909
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2122
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 910
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2123
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 911
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2124
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 912
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2125
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 913
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2126
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 914
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2127
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 915
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2128
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 916
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2129
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 917
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2130
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 918
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2131
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 919
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2132

Electric steering lock

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 920
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2133
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 921
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2134

Power window inputs

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 922
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2135
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 923
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2136
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 924
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2137
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 925
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2138
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 926
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2139
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 927
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2140
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 928
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2141
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 929
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2142

Power window outputs

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 930
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2143
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 931
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2144
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 932
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2145
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 933
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2146
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 934
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2147
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 935
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2148
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 936
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2149
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 937
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2150
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 938
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2151
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 939
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2152
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 940
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2153
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 941
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2154
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 942
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2155
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 943
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2156
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 944
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2157
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 945
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2158
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 946
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2159
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 947
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2160
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 948
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2161
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 949
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2162

Power supply, function control center, roof FZD

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 950
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2163
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 951
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2164
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 952
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2165
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 953
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2166
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 954
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2167
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 955
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2168
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 956
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2169

Central locking inputs Part 1

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 957
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2170

Central locking inputs Part 2

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 958
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2171

Central locking inputs Part 3

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 959
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2172

Central locking inputs Part 4

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 960
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2173
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 961
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2174
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 962
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2175
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 963
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2176

Central locking drives Part 1

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 964
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2177

Central locking drives Part 2

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 965
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2178
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 966
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2179
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 967
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2180
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 968
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2181
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 969
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2182
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 970
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2183
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 971
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2184
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 972
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2185
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 973
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2186
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 974
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2187
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 975
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2188
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 976
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2189

Remote control
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 977
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2190
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 978
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2191

Electric sunroof
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 979
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2192

Power supply, function control center, roof FZD

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 980
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2193
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 981
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2194
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 982
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2195
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 983
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2196
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 984
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2197
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 985
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2198
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 986
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2199
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 987
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2200
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 988
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2201
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 989
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2202
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 990
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2203
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 991
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2204
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 992
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2205
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 993
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2206
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 994
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2207
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 995
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2208
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 996
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2209
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 997
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2210
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 998
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2211
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 999
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2212
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1000
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2213
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1001
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2214
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1002
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2215
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1003
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2216
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1004
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2217
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1005
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2218
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1006
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2219
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1007
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2220
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1008
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2221
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1009
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2222
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1010
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2223
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1011
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2224
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1012
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2225
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1013
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2226
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1014
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2227
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1015
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2228
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1016
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2229
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1017
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2230
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1018
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2231

Electrochromic mirror
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1019
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2232
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1020
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2233
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1021
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2234
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1022
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2235

Location determination
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1023
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2236

Multifunction steering wheel Part 1

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1024
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2237

Multifunction steering wheel Part 2

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1025
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2238

Supply, Steering Column Switch Cluster SZL

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1026
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2239
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1027
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2240
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1028
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2241
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1029
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2242
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1030
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2243
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1031
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2244
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1032
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2245
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1033
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2246
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1034
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2247
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1035
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2248
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1036
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2249

Driver's seat heating Part 1

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1037
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2250

Driver's seat heating Part 2

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1038
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2251

Driver's seat heating Part 3

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1039
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2252

Driver's seat heating Part 4

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1040
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2253
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1041
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2254
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1042
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2255
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1043
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2256
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1044
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2257
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1045
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2258
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1046
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2259
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1047
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2260
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1048
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2261
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1049
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2262
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1050
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2263
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1051
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2264

Passenger's seat heating Part 1

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1052
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2265

Passenger's seat heating Part 2

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1053
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2266

Passenger's seat heating Part 3

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1054
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2267

Passenger's seat heating Part 4

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1055
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2268
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1056
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2269
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1057
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2270
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1058
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2271
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1059
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2272
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1060
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2273
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1061
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2274
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1062
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2275
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1063
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2276
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1064
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2277
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1065
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2278
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1066
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2279
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1067
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2280
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1068
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2281
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1069
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2282
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1070
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2283

Passenger's seat adjustment Part 1

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1071
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2284

Passenger's seat adjustment Part 2

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1072
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2285

Passenger's seat adjustment Part 3

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1073
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2286

Passenger's seat adjustment

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1074
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2287
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1075
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2288
Driver's seat adjustment Part 1

Driver's seat adjustment Part 2

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1076
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2289

Driver's seat adjustment Part 3

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1077
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2290

Driver's seat adjustment

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1078
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2291
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1079
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2292
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1080
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2293
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1081
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2294
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1082
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2295
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1083
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2296

Shutdown, closed-circuit current infringement

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1084
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2297
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1085
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2298
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1086
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2299
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1087
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2300
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1088
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2301
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1089
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2302
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1090
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2303
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1091
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2304
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1092
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2305
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1093
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2306
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1094
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2307
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1095
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2308
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1096
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2309
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1097
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2310
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1098
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2311
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1099
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2312
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1100
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2313
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1101
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2314
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1102
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2315
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1103
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2316
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1104
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2317
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1105
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2318
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1106
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2319
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1107
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2320
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1108
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2321

Wiper-washer control Part 1

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1109
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2322

Wiper-washer control Part 2

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1110
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2323

Wiper-washer control Part 3

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1111
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2324

Wiper-washer control Part 4

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1112
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2325

Wiper-washer control Part 5

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1113
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2326

Wiper-washer control Part 6

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1114
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2327

Power supply, function control center, roof FZD

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1115
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2328
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1116
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2329
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1117
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2330
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1118
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2331
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1119
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2332
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1120
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2333
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1121
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2334

Supply, Steering Column Switch Cluster SZL

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1122
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2335

Wiper-washer control Part 1

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1123
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2336

Wiper-washer control Part 2

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1124
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2337

Wiper-washer control Part 3

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1125
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2338

Wiper-washer control Part 4

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1126
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2339

Wiper-washer control Part 5

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1127
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2340

Wiper-washer control Part 6

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1128
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2341
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1129
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2342
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1130
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2343
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1131
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2344
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1132
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2345
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1133
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2346
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1134
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2347
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1135
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2348
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1136
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2349
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1137
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2350
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1138
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2351
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1139
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2352
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1140
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2353

Power supply, function control center, roof FZD

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1141
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2354
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1142
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2355
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1143
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2356
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1144
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2357
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1145
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2358
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1146
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2359
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1147
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2360
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1148
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2361
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1149
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2362
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1150
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2363
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1151
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2364
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1152
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2365
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1153
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2366
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1154
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2367
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1155
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2368
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1156
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2369
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1157
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2370
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1158
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2371
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1159
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2372
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1160
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2373
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1161
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2374
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1162
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2375
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1163
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2376
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1164
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2377
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1165
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2378
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1166
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2379

Seat belt positioner Part 1

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1167
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2380

Seat belt positioner Part 2

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1168
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2381
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1169
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2382
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1170
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2383

System Diagram
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Antenna, Radio
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Signal Information: Descriptions of signals referred to on the diagrams can be found in the Signal Glossary via the signal name at Diagram
Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and Instructions/Signal Glossary
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1171
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2384

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Antitheft and Alarm Systems
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Cellular Phone
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Global Positioning System
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Navigation System
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
System Diagram
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1172
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2385
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
CD Changer
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Radio/Stereo
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Speaker
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Voice Activation System
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Alternator
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Drive

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
System Diagram
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Chassis

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
ABS Main Relay
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1173
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2386
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Chassis

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Wheel Speed Sensor
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Chassis

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
System Diagram
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Body Control Systems
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Fuel Door
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
System Diagram
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Door Locks
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1174
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2387

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Keyless Entry
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Power Locks
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Trunk / Liftgate Lock
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Mirrors
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
System Diagram
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Power Seat Control Module
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Connector Information: Additional information for the connectors shown on the diagrams can be found via the connector's number at the vehicle
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1175
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2388
level connector views. See: Connector Views See: Locations/Connector Locations

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Power Seat Motor
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Power Seat Switch
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Sunroof / Moonroof
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Trunk / Liftgate
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Brake Pad Wear Sensor
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Chassis

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
System Diagram
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Drive

Connector Information: Additional information for the connectors shown on the diagrams can be found via the connector's number at the vehicle
level connector views. See: Connector Views See: Locations/Connector Locations
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1176
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2389

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
System Diagram
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Drive

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Radiator Cooling Fan Motor
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Drive

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Drive

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Temperature Gauge
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Cruise Control
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Drive

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
System Diagram
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Signal Information: Descriptions of signals referred to on the diagrams can be found in the Signal Glossary via the signal name at Diagram
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1177
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2390
Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and Instructions/Signal Glossary

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
System Diagram
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Auxiliary Blower Motor
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Blower Motor Relay
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Blower Motor Resistor
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
System Diagram
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Compressor Clutch
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Condenser Fan
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Control Assembly, HVAC
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Control Module HVAC
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
System Diagram
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Fuel Gauge
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Instrument Cluster / Carrier
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Temperature Sensor (Gauge)
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
System Diagram
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Backup Lamp Switch
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1180
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2393
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Brake Lamp
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Brake Light Switch
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Courtesy Lamp
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Daytime Running Lamp
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Dome Lamp
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Fog/Driving Lamp
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
System Diagram
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1181
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2394
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Hazard Warning Indicator
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
System Diagram
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Headlamp Control Module
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Headlamp Switch
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Parking Lamp
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Tail Lamp
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1182
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2395

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
System Diagram
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Turn Signal Switch
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
System Diagram
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Drive

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Camshaft Position Sensor
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Drive

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Central Electronics Box Fan
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Drive

Connector Information: Additional information for the connectors shown on the diagrams can be found via the connector's number at the vehicle
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1183
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2396
level connector views. See: Connector Views See: Locations/Connector Locations

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer)
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Drive

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Crankshaft Position Sensor
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Drive

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Data Link Connector
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Drive

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Engine Control Module
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Drive

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Intake Air Temperature Sensor
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Drive

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Oxygen Sensor
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Drive

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Throttle Position Sensor
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Drive

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Vehicle Speed Sensor
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Drive

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
System Diagram
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Drive

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Air Injection Pump
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Drive

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Canister Purge Control Valve
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Drive

Signal Information: Descriptions of signals referred to on the diagrams can be found in the Signal Glossary via the signal name at Diagram
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1185
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2398
Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and Instructions/Signal Glossary

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
System Diagram
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Drive

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Fuel Injector
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Drive

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
System Diagram
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Drive

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Fuel Pump Relay
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Drive

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Throttle Body
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Drive

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
System Diagram
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Drive

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Ignition Coil
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Drive

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Ignition Control Module
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Drive

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
System Diagram
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Air Bag
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Air Bag Control Module
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Impact Sensor
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1187
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2400
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
System Diagram
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Drive

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Starter Motor
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Drive

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Steering
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Chassis

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Suspension
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Chassis

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Tire Monitoring System
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Chassis

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Transmission Control Systems
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Drive

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
System Diagram
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1188
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2401
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Heated Glass Element
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
System Diagram
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Power Window Motor
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Power Window Relay
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Power Window Switch
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
System Diagram
For information regarding diagrams for this system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1189
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2402

Connector Information: Additional information for the connectors shown on the diagrams can be found via the connector's number at the vehicle
level. See: Connector Views See: Locations/Connector Locations

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Windshield Washer Control Module
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Windshield Washer Motor
For information regarding diagrams for this component or system, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
Wiper Control Module
For information regarding diagrams for this component, please refer to the vehicle level diagrams. See: Body

Connector Information: Additional information for the connectors shown on the diagrams can be found via the connector's number at the vehicle
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1190
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2403
level. See: Connector Views See: Locations/Connector Locations

Wire Color Code Information: Wire color code information can be found at Diagram Information and Instructions. See: Diagram Information and
Instructions/Wire Color Code Identification
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2404
Computers and Control Systems: Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview

DME Main Relay

DME main relay

The relay is activated by the engine management system.

Function of the digital motor electronics main relay:

Power supply of all components in the engine electrical system and electronics

Perceptible effect: - Engine does not run

Diagnosis instruction

A random collection of fault codes can be entered in the fault memory of the engine management system if there was inadequate on-board supply
voltage (e.g. due to deep discharge of the battery) or if there was a failure or contact fault of the digital motor electronics main relay.

If the faults 2ACB digital motor electronics main relay, activation and 2ACC digital motor electronics main relay, shift delay, are stored either
individually or jointly in the engine management system, all of the fault memory content stored at the same mileage in the vehicle is to be ignored
and deleted. Under no circumstances may the engine management system be replaced!
Fault Profile 1 DME Motor Electronics
Smooth-Running Value and Misfiring Detection

The smooth-running values of the individual cylinders are indicated for troubleshooting purposes.

The engine must run at idle speed for at least 3 minutes to ensure that the correct values are set. Smooth idle speed can only be evaluated with the
engine running at idle speed (cold or hot). An indication of the combustion quality of individual cylinders can be obtained by evaluating the
crankshaft acceleration, measured at the crankshaft position/rpm sensor. An individual cylinder with poor combustion can be detected very well
in this way.

Random fluctuations of the individual cylinders can only be detected by close observation of the value. The values over all cylinders are zero in
the engine with theoretically uniform combustion.

An increase in the smooth-running values may be caused by various factors (e.g. misfiring, secondary air, mixture deviations, faults in fuel
supply, low compression). For this reason, exact intervention limits cannot be specified.

The rotational speed (engine speed) of the engine is measured at the incremental wheel with the aid of a hall-effect sensor. Moreover, the smooth
running of the engine is also monitored (misfire detection) as a measure of the engine speed.

To detect misfiring, the increment gear is divided (by the control unit) into 3 segments corresponding to the ignition interval, i.e. 3 sparks per
crankshaft turn on a 6-cylinder engine and 2 sparks in 2 segments on the 4-cylinder engine. Within the control unit, the periodic duration of the
individual increment gear segments is measured and statistically evaluated. For each point on the characteristic map, the maximum permissible
rough running values are stored as a function of engine speed, load and engine temperature.

If these values are exceeded within a certain number of combustion cycles, the cylinders detected as faulty are stored in the fault code memory.
Fault Profile 2 DME Motor Electronics
Smooth-Running Value and Misfiring Detection

The smooth-running values of the individual cylinders are indicated for troubleshooting purposes.

Random fluctuations of the individual cylinders can only be detected by close observation of the value. The values over all cylinders are zero in
the engine with theoretically uniform combustion.

The rotational speed (engine speed) of the engine is measured at the incremental wheel with the aid of a hall-effect sensor. Moreover, the smooth
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 2
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2405
running of the engine is also monitored (misfire detection) as a measure of the engine speed.

If these values are exceeded within a certain number of combustion cycles, the cylinders detected as faulty are stored in the fault code memory.
Fault Profile 5 DME Motor Electronics
Active cruise control (ACC)
Functional description, see BMW Technology:
TIS -> Document -> SI Technology -> SBT Number 66 03 04 (086)

Notes on function
For the active cruise control (ACC), the gap to the vehicle ahead is measured by a radar sensor (ACC sensor). The pickup range lies between
approx. 2 - 120 meters.

The active cruise control can be activated as of 30 kph.

Longitudinal Dynamics Management control module (LDM)

The LDM control module has the following tasks in the ACC function:
- Cruise control if the ACC sensor has not picked up a vehicle ahead.
- Implementation of ACC requests for acceleration and braking.
- Fault monitoring of the ACC system by means of plausibility check of the signals.

Fault situations
A precondition for the function of the ACC is that the engine / transmission control and the DSC are operating without faults. For this
reason, there is a continuous check as to whether the acceleration or braking requests are carried out without faults. In the event of a fault,
the ACC is switched off.

Heavy soiling of the ACC sensor can mean that the function cannot be activated or the ACC is deactivated.

The ACC sensor must be adjusted horizontally and vertically in the installation location so that objects can be picked up without errors.
This ACC sensor setting must be made on a special setting bay using special tools approved by BMW.

The service function "Set ACC sensor" is available for the setting.

A poorly adjusted ACC sensor is detected. A fault is stored in the ACC diagnostic fault code memory. The ACC cannot be activated until
the sensor is correctly set.

Special situations
If the ACC is active and the vehicle remains below the set required speed or does not accelerate, this can have the following causes:
- Maximum lateral acceleration in curve of 3 m/s squared reached.
- Strong visual impairment due to rain, fog or snow. This can also lead to deactivating of the ACC function.
- High crown or dip in the course of the road.
- Reflection of the radar waves on tunnel walls or crash barriers.

Lens heating
The lens is heated to ensure the ACC is effective in winter and in poor weather conditions. This system is designed as a resistance heating
system with the heating coil integrated in the plastic body of the lens. After the engine start, the lens heating in all ACC operating modes is
switched on depending on the outside temperature.

To prevent the lens body from overheating, the lens heating system is switched off when the temperature inside the unit exceeds 50° C. The
temperature is measured by the interior temperature sensor of the ACC control module. The ACC control module is switched off at a system
voltage greater than 16 V in order to protect the processor.

The lens heating is monitored by the ACC control module for faults.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 3
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2406

BSD Interface to the Alternator (Up to 03/07)

BSD interface to the alternator
The alternator with BSD interface can actively communicate with the engine control module. The alternator is not linked to the charge indicator
lamp, only to the engine control module. The alternator can detect a variety of faults.

Function
The following functions have been implemented in the engine control module for the alternator with BSD interface:
- Activating/deactivating the alternator on the basis of appliable parameters
- Specification of the maximum permitted degree of utilization of the alternator
- Control of the alternator's load response
- Calculation of the alternator moment degree of utilization
- Diagnosis of the data line between the alternator and the engine control
- Filing of alternator faults in the fault memory
Activating the load control lamp in instrument cluster via CAN
In comparison to alternators used so far, the display strategy of the load control lamp does not change when the alternator with BSD
interface.
The basic function of the alternator is also ensured if the communication between the alternator and the engine control is interrupted.

Possible faults
The following possible faults can be distinguished from fault entries:
High temperature control: The alternator is overloaded; to be safe, the alternator voltage is reduced until the alternator has cooled down
again. The charge indicator lamp does not light up.
- Mechanical fault: The alternator is mechanically blocked or the belt drive has failed.
- Electrical fault: Exciter diode defect, excite interruption, overvoltage due to controller defect.
- Communication failure: Line defect between the engine control and alternator.
The following cannot be detected: Coil interruption or short-circuit

Battery charge indicator lamp

The signal for the charge indicator lamp to light up is transferred across CAN to the instrument cluster. The charge indicator lamp lights up if
there is mechanical and electrical fault (see above).

Detection
The above-mentioned calculation of the alternator moment and the rate of utilization of the alternator are heavily dependent on the type
(performance) and manufacturer.
This is why the alternator provides the engine control with this data. The engine control adapts its calculation and set values to the exact type.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 4
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2407

Aim
The precise calculation of the alternator moment and control of the load response function enables good idling of the engine.
Control of the alternator voltage based on nominal values from the engine control enables a good charge balance of the battery.
Intelligent Alternator Control IGR (As of 03/07)
Intelligent alternator control IGR
Within the framework of CO2 measures, intelligent alternator control (IGR) achieves partial energy recuperation of the kinetic energy used by
the engine. The core principle of IGR is an extension of the charge strategy of the vehicle battery. The battery must be able to absorb energy at
any time and is no longer fully charged. A 100 % charged battery cannot absorb any more energy, so the IGR prevents this.

In contrast to conventional charge strategies, energy recuperation only takes place in the coasting phases of the vehicle. Here, the alternator is
excited to the maximum, electrical energy is generated and fed to the vehicle battery. Fuel is not consumed. In the acceleration phases of the
vehicle, the alternator is not excited. This means that no energy - and thus no fuel - is used to generate electrical energy.

The IGR function requires an intelligent sensor at the negative terminal of the vehicle battery as well as a communication interface at the
alternator.

No liability can be accepted for printing or other faults. Subject to changes of a technical nature
Intelligent Battery Sensor (IBS)
Intelligent battery sensor IBS

Functional description, see BMW Technology:

TIS -> Document -> SI Technology -> 61 07 03029

Brief description

The IBS is a mechatronic component for monitoring the battery condition. The IBS is secured and connected to the negative terminal of the battery.
The power supply for the IBS is fed across a separate cable. For data transmission, the IBS is connected to the DME (Digital Engine Electronics) or
DDE (Digital Diesel Electronics) via the BSD (Bit-Serial Data) interface.

Notes for Service department

General information

Replacing the IBS.

The vehicle with the new IBS must be placed in the idle state for at least 3 hours: Only then can the new IBS determine the battery status.
The Check Control message <battery severely depleted> is then no longer displayed if the battery is adequately charged and the correct battery
charge state can be displayed.

Engine Cooling
Electrical Coolant Pump

The electrical coolant pump ensures engine cooling in line with requirements. However, for perfect functioning, the following points must be
observed:

Assembly and mounting of the pump

During assembly work, care must be taken to ensure that the pump does not run dry. If the coolant pump runs dry, it can be damaged and the pump
might fail later.

If the pump is removed, it must be filled with coolant before being placed aside. Otherwise, the bearing points of the pump could stick. When fitted
later, this could endanger the pump start-up and thus disable the entire heat management. If the coolant pump start-up is prevented by sticking
bearings, this can result in severe engine damage! If the pump still runs dry during storage, the impeller must be turned by hand to loosen the
sticking bearings before the coolant hoses are fitted. Directly after this, the system must be filled with coolant.

Diagnosis instruction

During assembly work, make sure that the connector is clean, dry and that the connections are undamaged. Diagnosis work is only permitted with
approved adapter cables.

After filling the cooling system, the service function "Venting cooling system" must be run.

In both cases, be absolutely sure to comply with the information provided in the repair instructions!
Simultaneous Operation of Accelerator and Brake Pedals
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 5
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2408

Simultaneous Operation Of Accelerator And Brake Pedals

This test module serves to detect whether the accelerator pedal mechanically jams or is otherwise difficult to move. This is determined by
simultaneously operating the accelerator and brake pedals while the vehicle is being driven.

The fault is set in the engine management system if a driver's demand is detected via the accelerator pedal for at least 1.5 seconds and in relation to
this there is a brake signal. Here, the brake pressure is used as a measured variable. This prevents braking deceleration being stopped by a jamming
accelerator pedal.

Effect:

As long as the driver's demand and brake pressure are present, the vehicle does as follows:

The engine management system reduces the driver's demand relative to the brake pressure. If the brake pressure increases, the driver's demand is
taken back accordingly by the engine management system.

Perceivable effects: like taking foot off accelerator pedal

Possible customer complaint:

- Inertia fuel shutoff while driving
- Loss of power output
- Increased, constant engine speed and/or mechanical snagging of accelerator pedal

Requirements of the vehicle for setting the fault:

Speed >= 8 kph

No fault entries in the engine management system for the following component groups:
- Accelerator pedal module
- Brake light switch

Procedure:

The accelerator pedal module may only be replaced if there is an express customer complaint regarding increased, constant idle speed and / or a
mechanically jamming accelerator pedal as well as the fault entry.

The fault entry alone does not require component replacement!

In the case of a multiple fault entry, the customer is to be informed of his or her possible incorrect operation (simultaneously operating the
accelerator and brake pedals).
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2409
Computers and Control Systems: Component Tests and General Diagnostics
Alternator test

Proceed as described in the following to achieve the required setting in the metrology window:

- Change to measurement system

- Select 2. Measurement in the center right of the screen

- Select 1000 A current in the middle of the screen

After a short time the current value appears next to the voltage value.

The following display is set up:

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2410
Computers and Control Systems: Oscilloscope Patterns and Waveforms

Comparison Images EWS Oscilloscope Measurement

Important: During the measurement, the DME/DDE must be connected.

Fig. 1: Signal OK.

Bear in mind that the statement "OK" only refers to the data line and the signal form. It is unable to determine whether the transmitted code is
correct.

Fig. 2: Signal NOT OK.

The above signal indicates a fault in the DME/DDE.

Fig. 3: Signal NOT OK

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 2
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2411

The above signal indicates that the electronic vehicle immobilizer is not isolated or that there is a short to positive.

Fig. 4: Signal NOT OK

The above signal indicates a short circuit to ground or an open circuit.

Oscilloscope Target Image, Alternator
Oscilloscope Target Image, Alternator
The following illustration represents the voltage progression of an intact generator. The level of the individual waves depends on the current load
of the generator. The length of the waves depends on the engine speed. The higher the engine speed the shorter the waves.

At idle speed with consumer units switched on, an error-free generator should provide approximately this picture.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 3
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2412

Waveform

Examples of faulty generators are shown below.

The current as a function of engine speed also applies here.

Waveform

Generator with defective diode

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 4
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2413

Waveform

Generator with broken winding

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2414
Vehicle: Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview

Checking Roadworthiness (Test Drive)

00 00 ... - Checking roadworthiness (test drive)

- Checking roadworthiness

- Take vehicle for a test drive, checking service and parking brakes in the process

- For vehicles with rear disc brakes, brake in parking brake as instructed See: Brakes and Traction Control/Parking Brake
System/Adjustments

- Check function of parking brake See: Brakes and Traction Control/Parking Brake System/Testing and Inspection/Parking Brake Function
Check

- Check steering for play, ease of movement and directional stability

- Check clutch for problem-free disengagement and non-spasmodic driving off at normal operating temperature

- Check function of all drive positions and driving programs in cars with automatic transmissions

- Visually inspect shock absorbers for leaks

- Check indicator/warning lamps and Check Control system for correct operation

- Check due date for statutory roadworthiness and exhaust emission tests and advise customer of test dates

Interrogating Fault Memories In Diagnosis System

00 00 555 - Interrogating fault memories in diagnosis system

Connect diagnostic system to OBD socket.

Switch on ignition.
Carry out vehicle identification.
Click on Brief test.
The brief test is carried out.

Note:
For motor vehicle diagnostics, the brief test is essential for evaluating possible stored diagnostic trouble codes. In the brief test, the control units
are physically identified in succession and their fault memories read out.
If the fault memory has been read out, the faults appear in the "Fault pattern selection" mask in the "Fault memory contents" field.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2415
Vehicle: Scan Tool Testing and Procedures
61 00 ... - Diagnosis for Condition Based Service

Note: Red symbol for pre-delivery check

The vehicle is coded at the end of the assembly line so that the red symbol for the pre-delivery check is shown in the Next Service display (same
symbol as vehicle check).
The symbol is a reminder to the Service staff that the pre-delivery check has not yet been carried out on this car.

Note: Do not carry out a reset.

Do not confuse this function with the "Vehicle check" maintenance scope.
Do not carry out a reset via the instrument cluster.
When carrying out the pre-delivery check with the "Transport Mode/Pre-delivery check" service function:
The symbol is automatically removed from the display after the service function has been executed.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 2
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2416

4 service functions are available in the BMW diagnosis system for maintenance:

- Transport Mode/Pre-delivery check

- CBS Correction Tester Data
- Reset CBS
- CBS Correction Vehicle Data

Service function: Transport Mode/Pre-delivery check

To be able to hand over a vehicle to the customer in proper working order, it is essential to execute the "Transport Mode/Pre-delivery check"
service function.

The following items are worked through during the pre-delivery check:

- Deactivation of transport mode.

- An adaptation process must be activated in order to determine the vehicle-specific mileage/kilometrage per week. Transport and
immobilization periods before the vehicle is delivered to the customer therefore have no effect on the customer-specific weekly
mileage/kilometrage.
The weekly mileage/kilometrage is used to control escalation from "green" to "yellow" (approx. 4 weeks before "red") for maintenance
scopes with remaining distances. The averaged mileage/kilometrage of the last 6 weeks is taken into account here.
- Coding or blanking out of the legally prescribed intervals for the statutory vehicle inspection and statutory exhaust emissions test.
- Input of the target dates for the statutory vehicle inspection and the statutory exhaust emissions test (automatic or manual).
Automatic: By input of the date of first registration and of the time interval
Manual: By direct input of the target date
- Entry of local, service-related phone numbers, depending on vehicle equipment specification (e.g. BMW Group Mobile Service, BMW
Hotline, customer's home dealer).
The country-specific phone numbers are displayed in the BMW diagnosis system as a reference text. The phone numbers can simply be read
off during the input prompt.
- Reference to initialization of TeleService, depending on vehicle equipment specification.
- Checking and if necessary setting of the on-board date for the vehicle.
- Entry of the date for first registration of the vehicle.
- Now clear the fault memory.

Note: Reducing input expenditure.

Standardized data are stored in the BMW diagnosis system (for repeated use) in the interests of minimizing the time spent on making inputs in
the garage/workshop. The standardized data can be changed with the "CBS Correction Tester Data" service function.

Service function: CBS Correction Tester Data

Data are automatically stored in the vehicle with the "Pre-delivery check" service function.
The standardized data can be changed with the "CBS Correction Tester Data" service function.

The following standardized data can be changed:

- Phone numbers:
- BMW Group Mobile Service
- BMW Hotline
- Customer's home dealer
The country-specific phone numbers are contained as reference texts in the BMW diagnosis system (read off during the input prompt). The
phone numbers must be input with the international dialling code.
- Legally prescribed vehicle inspection (country-specific):
- Coding or blanking out
- Interval for calculating the target date
The target date is calculated on the basis of the date of first registration.
- Legally prescribed exhaust emissions test (country-specific):
- Coding or blanking out
- Interval for calculating the target date
The target date is calculated on the basis of the date of first registration.

Note: Automatic function after installation of the BMW diagnosis system.

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 3
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2417
The standardized data are automatically established when the pre-delivery check is carried out for the first time. It is therefore not necessary to
input the data separately.

Service function: Reset CBS Condition Based Service

A maintenance scope can be reset with the "Reset CBS Condition Based Service" service function. Even when availability is over 80 %.
The benefit of reset via the BMW diagnosis system is that the on-board date is corrected automatically.

The individual maintenance scopes are displayed in the BMW diagnosis system with service counter and availability.

- The service counter is reset by one counter on resetting. All service counters are set to "1" on new vehicles.
The service counters are used in the Service Acceptance/Reception Module (SAM) on a scope-specific basis for controlling additional work.
- Availability is set to 100 % on resetting. Availability in % is the wear value of the maintenance scope.
The greater the availability, the longer it is to the next maintenance scope.
0 % means that the maintenance measure must be carried out.

Service function: CBS Correction Vehicle Data

Important! The data are overwritten.

Once this service function has been executed, it is no longer possible to reconstruct the previous status.

The "CBS Correction Vehicle Data" service function is available if a reset has been carried out erroneously. In this way, the availability of a
maintenance scope can be corrected to a realistic value.
A data or a mileage/kilometre reading is entered for correction. These data are converted internally into an availability in %. In so doing, the BMW
diagnosis system only accepts a smaller value as the current reading in the control unit. In addition, the service counter of the scope is automatically
reduced by one counter.

The inputs are used in the Service Booklet to determine the realistic availability. A realistic availability can be reconstructed on a scope-specific
basis by means of the last maintenance measure (with mileage/km reading and date).
This does not include correcting the availability for brake pads. The brake pad residual thickness must be measured and input (in millimetres).

Note: Reference for distance- and time-dependent maintenance scopes

For a correction, the availability is referred to the distance- and time-dependent calculation.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2418
Vehicle: Programming and Relearning

Power Window Initialization

67 62 ... - Notes on initializing power window unit in front door

Warning!
Risk of injury!
There is no anti-trapping protection during initialization.

An initialization must be performed:

- In the event of malfunctions, e.g. no one-touch control function, no opening or if available no comfort function is possible
- After the power window drive has been replaced
- After work is carried out on the power window mechanism
- If necessary, after an open circuit, e.g. disconnection of the battery or disconnection of the power supply to the door
- After the door window glass has been removed and installed or replaced
- After adjustment work on the door window glass
- After adjustment work on the convertible top
- After replacement of seals

Initialization is performed on the power window switch of the relevant door.

Requirements for correct initialization:
- Terminal "R" activated
- Doors and windows closed
- Sufficient battery voltage; connect charger if necessary
Initialization comprises:
- Erasure of initialization
- Reinitialization

Erasure of initialization:
- Open door window glass fully
- Actuate power window switch in "Open" position (second switch position) and hold down for between 15 and 20 seconds
This clears initialization of the power window. Anti-trapping protection and one-touch control (toll) function are inactive.
Check whether one-touch control (toll) function is inactive, otherwise repeat procedure.
Reinitialization:
- Close door window completely
- After upper end position is reached, interrupt actuation of power window switch and then hold switch again for approx. 1 second in "Close"
position (second switch position)
- Open door window glass fully
- After upper end position is reached, interrupt actuation of power window switch and then hold switch again for approx. 1 second in "Open"
position (second switch position)
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 2
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2419
- Close door window completely
- After upper end position is reached, interrupt actuation of power window switch and then hold switch again for approx. 1 second in "Close"
position (second switch position)
This completes initialization.

Note:
Carry out function check (one-touch control function, anti-trapping protection and, if necessary, comfort function).

Note:
The power window can also be initialized in the BMW diagnosis system by means of a diagnosis job.

Sliding Glass Initialization

54 0 ... - Notes on steel and glass slide/tilt sunroofs (initialization/normalization/learning of characteristic curve)

Note:
Initialization comprises:
- Normalization
- Learning characteristic curve
The mechanical end positions are recorded and stored during normalization.
The characteristic curve is learnt immediately after normalization.
When the characteristic curve is learnt, the mechanical closing forces of the slide/tilt sunroof are recorded and stored for correct operation of the
anti-trapping mechanism.

Note:
Then carry out an initialization:

- if the slide/tilt sunroof has been mechanically moved by means of the emergency actuator
- in the event of malfunctions, e.g. no one-touch function, no opening or no comfort function possible
- after disengagement of the drive unit
- after work is carried out on the mechanism of the slide/tilt sunroof
- after the control unit has been replaced

Warning!
There is no anti-trapping protection during initialization.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 3
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2420

Normalization:
- Press and hold the switch in the "Lift" direction
- In the event of delayed starting or sudden stopping of the slide/tilt sunroof, continue pressing the switch in the "Lift" direction

- After reaching the lift end position (A), keep the switch pressed for approx. 15 seconds further
- Normalization is completed when the slide/tilt sunroof in lift end position (A) presses again briefly in the direction of position (B).

Learning characteristic curve:

The curve is learnt manually in the following steps:

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 4
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2421
- After normalization, keep switch pressed in "Lift" direction.
- The slide/tilt sunroof stops for 5 seconds in the final raise position after normalization. It then moves into the "Closed" position (learning of
the "Closing from raising" curve)
- The slide/tilt sunroof then moves into the "Open" end position and immediately back into the "Closed" position (learning of the "Closing"
curve)
- Release switch.

Note:
- The entire operation lasts approx. 75 secs.
- Learning of the curve is terminated when the switch is released
- If the switch is released in the meantime, the entire procedure must be repeated
- On completion of successful initialization, the corresponding messages in the check control and the control display go out
- Carry out function check (tip function, anti-trapping protection and, if necessary, comfort function)

Vehicle Programming and Coding

Vehicle programming and coding

Select menu item (1).

Select corresponding procedure from selection list.
Example:
- Preparation and subsequent evaluation of vehicle programming
- Start a Progman session
- Sequence of BMW/MINI vehicle programming and coding
- BMW/MINI Car & Key Memory
- BMW/MINI initializations
- BMW/MINI service functions in Progman
- ...

Note:
In order to avoid incorrect programming procedures and error messages, it is essential when working with the Progman programming system
always to use the latest Progman version.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2422
Technical Service Bulletins

All Technical Service Bulletins:

Number Date Name
642105 May 10 A/C - Compressor Noise Troubleshooting
640508 Oct 08 A/C - Control Assembly Damage Information
640609 Aug 09 A/C - Droning Noises With The A/C ON
640910 Sep 10 A/C - Revised Refrigerant/Compressor Oil Reuse Statement
640407 Aug 10 A/C - Symptom Diagnostics
640509 Sep 09 A/C - Water Leaks Into Footwell Area
640208 Apr 09 A/C - Whistling Noises At Speeds Over 50 MPH
641207 Jun 08 A/C - White Flakes Blow From Dash Vents
611008 Jun 09 A/T - CAS3 Fault Code A0B1 Diagnostics
241007 May 08 A/T - Failsafe Mode/EGS Fault Code CF33 Stored
240806 Mar 10 A/T - Fluid Seepage From The Fluid Pan Area
280109 Mar 09 A/T - M DCT Warning Lamp ON/Codes 5A87/5A81
280108 Jun 09 A/T - M Double Clutch Transmission Fluid Requirements
280408 Nov 08 A/T - M Double Clutch Transmission Replacement
242107 Jan 09 A/T Controls - Code CDB4 Stored In DME
661010 Oct 10 Accessories - Integrated Univ. Remote Control Diag. Tips
611207 Oct 09 Antitheft - No Engine Crank After CAS3 Replacement
651509 Jun 09 Antitheft - Siren Too Quiet When Locking/Unlocking Car
651810 Oct 10 Audio - iPod/iPhone(R) Poor Audio Quality/No Recognition
650104 Jul 08 Audio System - AM/FM Radio Reception Problems
652008 Oct 08 Audio System Radio Interference/Variable Reception
650408 Apr 08 Audio System - 'Call SIRIUS' Message Displayed
650608 Feb 09 Audio System - Audio Volume Is Briefly Muted Or Reduced
650808 May 08 Audio System - Code E190 Stored In The RAD2_GW
652505 Aug 09 Audio System - HD Radio(R) Functionality/Diagnosis
650109 Jan 09 Audio System - Incorrect USB Audio Interface Message
650807 Jun 09 Audio System - Information On USB Audio Interface
650308 Mar 08 Audio System - Interference on All Radio Bands
653209 Nov 09 Audio System - Interference/Noise From Door Speakers
652408 Dec 08 Audio System - Intermittently Inoperative
651008 May 08 Audio System - No Audio After Check Control Message
651609 Sep 09 Audio System - RAD2(R) - Display/Audio Inoperative
651410 Sep 10 Audio System - RAD2(R) Display Missing Pixels/Inop.
090209 Apr 10 Audio System - RAD2(R) Programming Communication Issues
652309 Jul 09 Audio System - RAD2(R) Volume Fluctuation
651209 Sep 09 Audio System - RADII(R) Audio Intermittently Inoperative
650599 Feb 08 Audio System - Retrieving Radio Security Codes
650108 May 08 Audio System - SIRIUS(R) Stations Not In Channels List
650708 Apr 08 Audio System - USB Device Is Not Detected
651108 May 08 Audio System - iPod(R) Discharged After Inactivity
650208 Aug 08 Audio System - iPod(R) Won't Charge Through USB Port
841401 Mar 08 BMW Assist(R) - BMW Contact Phone Numbers
841108 Jan 09 BMW Assist(R) - Inoperative In Certain Areas
842205 Apr 10 BMW Assist(R) - Reactivation Of BMW Assist(R) Services
842007 Oct 08 BMW Assist(R) - Upgrade To Support Bluetooth(R)
540308 Feb 08 Body - Corrected Retractable Hard Top Seal replacement
512808 Sep 08 Body - Door Mirrors Won't Fold With Convenient Closure
410210 Jul 10 Body - Frozen Gray Metallic Paint, Special Handling
511608 Jun 08 Body - Hood Insulation Pad Discontinued
513109 Sep 09 Body - Power Folding Mirror Position Incorrect
410108 Apr 08 Body - Rear Door Check Pulls Out of B-Pillar
610805 Mar 10 Body - Sunroof Loses Initialization/DTC A092 Stored
513508 Jan 09 Body - Windshield Damage Analysis
512909 Sep 09 Body - Windshield Urethane Sealant Information
340508 Aug 08 Brakes - Brake Rotor Minimum Thickness
340409 Oct 09 Brakes - Brake Rotor Removal Procedures/Precautions
341008 Nov 08 Brakes - Rattle Noise From The Front Wheel Area
340309 Aug 10 Brakes - Squeak/Squeal On Light To Moderate Application
652607 Jul 09 CCC(R) - CD/AUX/FM Volume Diagnostics
653205 Jul 09 CCC(R) - CD/CDC Track Counter Diagnostics
654405 Jun 08 CCC(R) - CD/DVD Disc Does Not Eject
654705 Sep 08 CCC(R) - CID Switches From BMW Banner To Blank Screen
652706 Nov 08 CCC(R) - Does Not Play All MP3 Formats
654107 Jun 09 CCC(R) - Loss Of Audio/CID Screen Blanks Out
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 2
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2423
Technical Service Bulletins

All Technical Service Bulletins:

Number Date Name

845906 Jun 09 CCC(R) - Phonebook Not Arranged Alphabetically

650607 Oct 09 CCC(R) - Symptom Troubleshooting
090207 Aug 09 CCC(R) - Voice Recognition Enabling Code Requirement
840208 Mar 08 Campaign - BMW Assist(R) Initialization
280110 Sep 10 Campaign - DCT Software Updates
840109 Apr 09 Campaign - Reactivation Of Telematics(R) Control Unit
653809 Jan 10 Car Information Computer (CIC) - Nav. Road Map Update
840410 Oct 10 Cell Phone - Bluetooth Compatibility Information
841405 Aug 08 Cell Phone - Bluetooth(R) Upgrade
840906 Jul 10 Cell Phone - Bluetooth(R) is Inoperative
840608 Sep 08 Cell Phone - Can't Select Address Via The Contact Book
840609 May 09 Cell Phone - Humming Noise From Vehicle Speakers
840209 Feb 09 Cell Phone - Incomplete Contact List Available
840809 May 09 Cell Phone - Poor Voice Quality On Land Line End
841707 Jul 08 Cell Phone - SOS Inactive Message/No TCU Communication
652609 Sep 09 Cell Phone - iPhone(R) Not Charging With USB Interface
652708 Feb 09 Communication/Entertainment Systems - Inoperative
090707 Sep 10 Computer/Controls - Programming Version Veh. Data Status
090409 May 10 Computers/Control - Loading/Activation Of Enabling Codes
340208 Apr 08 Computers/Controls - False Brake Wear Message/Codes Set
070409 Nov 09 Computers/Controls - ISTA Test Plan Priority Error Info.
070509 Nov 09 Computers/Controls - ISTA/D DTC S0001 After Quick Delete
090509 Jan 10 Computers/Controls - ISTA/P Programming/Coding Info.
170107 Jun 10 Cooling System - Long Term Coolant Service Information
170108 Jul 08 Cooling System - Low Coolant Warning Lamp ON
170110 Mar 10 Cooling System - Proper Cooling System Service Procedure
330308 Apr 08 Drivetrain - Differential Cover Sealant
330102 Jan 09 Drivetrain - Differential Grinding On Low Speed Turns
330108 Mar 08 Drivetrain - Rattle or Knock During Load Change
330408 Aug 09 Drivetrain - Rear End Click/Crack Noise On Load Change
611109 Jun 09 Electrical - Battery Charging And Testing Procedure
611808 Oct 10 Electrical - Battery Maintenance Requirement Information
610509 Apr 09 Electrical - Increased Battery Drain Message Displayed
611208 Aug 10 Electrical - Rain Sensor/Sunroof/Interior Lights Inop.
611305 Apr 10 Electrical System - Dead Battery Energy Diagnosis
610800 Jan 10 Electrical System - Parasitic Draw Measurement
110308 Sep 10 Emissions - Crankcase Ventilation Vacuum Specifications
110109 Jan 10 Engine - CPO Engine Inspection Info.
111190 Aug 10 Engine - Oil Capacity Information
110809 Sep 09 Engine - Oil Leak R/H Side Of Engine Crankcase
110309 Mar 09 Engine - Oil Residue Near Oil Filler Cap
280708 Jun 09 Engine Controls - Delayed Throttle Response
122808 Dec 08 Engine Controls - Engine Rough Idle During Warm Up
280508 Oct 08 Engine Controls - Gearbox Emergency Program Displayed
120409 Feb 09 Engine Controls - MIL ON/Code 2AFD Diagnostics
121309 Mar 10 Engine Controls - MIL ON/Various O2 Sensor DTCs Set
130508 May 09 Engine Controls - Rough Idle/Misfire/Loss Of Power
160209 Dec 09 Fuel Sys. - Fuel Level Sensor Repair Information
130506 Aug 10 Fuel System - BMW Group Fuel System Cleaner Plus Info.
121408 May 08 Fuel System - MIL ON/Codes 2786/2787/2788 Set
120209 May 09 Fuel System - MIL/Check Gas Cap Lamp ON
160107 Mar 10 Fuel/Emissions System - Evaporative System Leak Testing
610908 Aug 08 Instruments - CON (Controller) Fault Code A2CB
121308 Mar 08 Instruments - Cannot Turn OFF MIL After Vehicle Repair
620208 Nov 09 Instruments - Instrument Cluster Displays Go Blank
620209 Apr 10 Instruments - Shift Lights Can't Be Activated
511709 Apr 09 Interior - Cup Holder Replacement Information
520810 Aug 10 Interior - One Touch Memory Function Information
511908 Jul 08 Interior - Passenger Side Floor Mat Curling
520608 Aug 08 Interior - Raised Spot At Rear Of Seat Cushion
511609 Sep 10 Interior - Rattling Noise From The Radio Area
520508 Jun 08 Interior - Seat Back Release Cable Comes Loose
511808 Jun 08 Interior/Instruments - Instrument Panel/Dash Diagnosis
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 3
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2424
Technical Service Bulletins

All Technical Service Bulletins:

Number Date Name

630201 Aug 10 Light Bulb - Replacement Guidelines

631108 May 10 Lighting - Auto-Lamps Switch On Too Early Or Too Late
630410 Jun 10 Lighting - Daytime Running Lamp Bulb Out/MIL ON/DTC's
630408 Nov 09 Lighting - Headlamp Condensation Diagnosis
610208 Feb 08 Locks - Gong Warning/No Visual Warning Message
280308 Jul 08 M/T - M DCT Transmission Filling and Fluid Level Check
000702 Feb 09 Maintenance - Condition Based Service (CBS) Overview
654009 Feb 10 Navigation - European Road Map Is Displayed
650410 Mar 10 Navigation - Update Navigation After (CIC) Head Replaced
652407 Feb 09 Navigation System - CCC Navigation Map DVD Not Detected
652104 Oct 09 Navigation System - DVD Road Map Information
990108 Sep 08 Paint - Environmental/Industrial Fallout Repair
660109 Mar 09 Parking Assist System - Ultrasonic Sensors Discolored
NHTSA08V595000 Oct 08 Recall - ECM/TCM Software Update For Engine Stalling
280608 Nov 08 Recall 08V-595 - TCM Software Update
NHTSA09V257000 Jul 09 Recall 09V257000: Side Air Bag Harness Defect
652403 Aug 10 Restraint System - Passenger Airbag Status Lamp Info.
653008 Feb 09 Restraints - Air Bag Lamp ON/Multiple Codes Set
653609 Sep 10 Restraints - Airbag Warning Lamp ON and DTC 93D2 Set
720108 May 08 Restraints- Passenger Seat Belt Extends Unexpectedly
650707 Mar 08 SDARS SIRIUS(R) Radio - Intermittently Inoperative
321708 Feb 10 Steering - Steering Column Rub/Scrape Noises
320408 Jan 09 Steering - Warning Lamp ON/Code 6149 Stored
321008 Aug 08 Steering/Suspension - Wheel Alignment Information
330708 Dec 08 Suspension - Rear Coil Spring Replacement Precautions
841208 Jun 09 Telematics Control Unit (TCU) - Diagnostic Information
360108 Aug 08 Tire Monitor System - Wheel Sensor Damage Prevention
512408 Sep 08 Wipers/Washers - Washer Fluid Leaks Onto R/H Fender
610109 Mar 09 Wipers/Washers - Windshield Washer Malfunctions
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 1
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2425
Vehicle: All Technical Service Bulletins
Technical Service Bulletin # 330108 Date: 080301

Drivetrain - Rattle or Knock During Load Change

SI B 33 01 08
Rear Axle

March 2008
Technical Service

SUBJECT
E90, E92, E93 M3 - "Clunk Noise" on Load Reversal

MODEL
E90, E92, E93 M3 with S65 engine

SITUATION
The customer may complain of a "drivetrain rattle" or "knocking noise" during a load change, e.g., a 1st to 2nd gearshift at low engine speed,
coming from the rear axle area.

INFORMATION
The entire M3 drivetrain is designed for excellent torsional rigidity in order to ensure an instantaneous torque transfer to the rear wheels, without
any time lag. Consequently, the flywheel mass and its damping capability have been reduced to a minimum.

Because of this torsional rigidity, the driver receives acoustic feedback on the torque transfer, as is expected in sports cars. Abrupt load changes
may also cause a noticeable sound. As described above, this type of "acoustic feedback" is system-related and is not detrimental to the lifetime of
the components.

Activation of the "Sport Mode" offers an additional increase in driving dynamics. As a result, acoustic feedback from the power train may be even
more pronounced.

WARRANTY INFORMATION
The acoustic feedback characteristic is NOT a symptom of a failure, and does not compromise the long-term reliability of drivetrain components
(clutch, transmission, differential, driveshaft, etc.); nor does i adversely affect the performance of the vehicle.

In the case of a complaint, the customer needs to be advised and educated on the design characteristics of the M3 drivetrain system.

No repair attempts for the load reversal "clunk noise" complaint should be initiated, nor will the warranty claims resulting from such repairs be
accepted.Technical Service Bulletin # 330308 Date: 080401

Drivetrain - Differential Cover Sealant

SI B 33 03 08
Rear Axle

April 2008
Technical Service

SUBJECT
Differential Cover Sealer

MODEL
All models

INFORMATION
Resealing the differential cover requires a liquid sealer as per Repair Instruction RA 33 11 ... Replacing rear cover gasket on rear deferential. The
Repair Instruction advises the technician to refer to the EPC for the correct sealer; however, this material is not available via the BMW parts
distribution system. It is recommended that the Loctite Sealer 5970 be used to perform these repairs; when needed, it must be ordered via telephone
from the following vendor.

PARTS INFORMATION

Applied Industrial Technologies

Telephone: 517-787-2414

Payment Type: MasterCard or Visa

Order item number 39246 (Loctite 5970 300ml)

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 2
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2426

Material cost: $35.48 plus $9.77 for shipping and handling

Note:
One 300ml tube will be needed per vehicle. An unopened tube of sealer has a shelf life of 6 months, and it is recommended that the sealer be
ordered on a case-by-case basis only.

WARRANTY INFORMATION

Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Disclaimer
Technical Service Bulletin # 340208 Date: 080401

Computers/Controls - False Brake Wear Message/Codes Set

SI B 34 02 08
Brakes

April 2008
Technical Service

SUBJECT
Erroneous Brake Pad Replacement Message

MODEL
E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series) from start of production to 9/07

SITUATION
The Dynamic Stability Control module (DSC) calculates the brake pad replacement intervals based on information from the front and rear axle
brake pad wear sensors. When replacement of the front and or rear brake pads is necessary, the DSC control module triggers an indicator lamp
located in the vehicle's instrument cluster. However, the brake pad indicator lamp may be illuminated although a replacement of the brake pads is
not necessary. Additionally, one or both of the following fault codes may be stored in the DSC control module:

^ 5ED0 Brake-pad wear: plausibility, front axle

^ 5ED1 Brake-pad wear: plausibility, rear axle

CAUSE
DSC software error

PROCEDURE

1. Perform a short test with the GT-1.

2. If DSC has faults 5ED0 and or 5ED1, enter the test plan.

3. In the test plan, check the CBS data.

4. If the CBS data shows a value within the nominal range (100% or less), work through the entire test plan.

5. If the CBS data shows an erroneous value such as 255%, the vehicle must be programmed.

6. Program the vehicle with the most recent Progman version (target data status E89X-07-09-518 or later). Refer to SI B09 05 01 (Coding,
Individualization, Programming), Procedure B.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 3
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2427

Note that Progman will automatically reprogram all programmable control modules that do not have the latest software.

WARRANTY INFORMATION

Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Defect Code: 34 52 10 79 00

Disclaimer

Technical Service Bulletin # 650108 Date: 080501

Audio System - SIRIUS(R) Stations Not In Channels List

SI B65 01 08
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS

May 2008
Technical Service

SITUATION
Some of the SIRIUS satellite radio stations between channel 20 and channel 50 are not displayed in the "All channels" list.

These channels are still available in the "Presets" menu and in "Categories".

To find out what the SIRIUS satellite radio stations are on the air, refer to the SIRIUS website: www.sirius.com/whatsonsirius

CAUSE
Software issue in the Car Communication Computer (CCC)

CORRECTION
Do not replace parts.

Program and code the vehicle with the most recent Progman version. Refer to SI B09 05 01 (Coding, Individualization and Programming),
Procedure B*.

Note that Progman will automatically reprogram all programmable control modules that do not have the latest software.

WARRANTY INFORMATION
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 4
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2428

Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 241007 Date: 080501

A/T - Failsafe Mode/EGS Fault Code CF33 Stored

SI B 24 10 07
Automatic Transmission

May 2008
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B24 10 07 dated April 2007.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
The Transmission is in "Failsafe" mode with EGS Fault CF33 Stored

MODEL
E70 from SOP to 8/2007
E60, E61 produced 2/2007 to 8/2007
E90, E91, E92, E93 produced from 8/2006 to 8/2007
All with either the ZF 6HP19TU or 6HP26TU automatic transmissions

SITUATION
[NEW]After control module replacement, complete vehicle reprogramming, or after clearing DME adaptation values, the transmission is in
"failsafe" mode with fault code CF33 (No message from engine management stored in the EGS module). The fault entry cannot be cleared.

CAUSE
EGS software application

CORRECTION
Do not replace any parts.

Using DIS 49.0 and higher run a "Short test" and Perform the following test module:

Reset learning functions / S2460_GSLFR_TU - available using the following diagnostic path:

Service Functions / Transmission Control / Calibrations / Reset leaning functions

Afterwards turn the ignition off / lock vehicle / let vehicle enter sleep mode

It is now possible to clear the fault.

This problem is planned to be corrected with August 2007 and later production vehicles equipped with these ZF transmissions.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 5
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2429

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Defect Code: Refer to KSD

Labor Operation: Refer to KSD
Labor Allowance: Refer to KSD

Disclaimer

Technical Service Bulletin # 840208 Date: 080301

Campaign - BMW Assist(R) Initialization

SI B 84 02 08
Communication Systems

March 2008
Technical Service

SUBJECT
Service Action: Initialize BMW Assist Services

MODEL
E60, E61 (5 Series)

E63, E64 (6 Series)

E65, E66 (7 Series)

E70 (X5) with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA639)

E82 (1 Series) with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA639)

E90, E91, E92 (3 Series) with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA639)

SITUATION
BMW Assist was not initialized at the Vehicle Processing Center (VPC) because of a BMW call center issue. The services, including
location-based Automatic Collision Notification, Emergency Assistance, Enhanced Roadside Assistance, Service Request (TeleService), Stolen
Vehicle Recovery and Remote Door Unlock, may not function.

AFFECTED VEHICLES
This Service Action involves 1 Series, 3 Series, 5 Series, 6 Series, 7 Series and X5 vehicles with BMW Assist which were produced between
11/27/2007 and 03/03/2008 and were processed through the Vehicle Distribution Center (VDC) on 03/03/2008.

In order to determine whether a specific vehicle is affected by this Service Action, refer to the chassis numbers listed on the attached document
named "B840208_VIN_List".

Note:
The vehicles affected by this Service Action will not appear on DCS Vehicle History Inquiry Reports.

PROCEDURE
Before this procedure can be performed, the following preconditions must be met:

^ The BMW Handover Inspection must have been carried out to ensure that the correct phone numbers were entered into the Telematics Control
Unit (TCU). Refer to SI B84 14 01. This should have been completed during QC1.

^ To insure adequate Global Positioning System (GPS) reception, the vehicle must be parked outside with the key on and with an unrestricted line
of sight to the sky. GPS signal acquisition may take up to 15 minutes.

^ If the vehicle was programmed or coded immediately prior to this repair, turn the key off and let the TCU enter sleep mode (4 minutes).

^ Transport mode must be deactivated.

ENABLING/INITIALIZING BMW ASSIST

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 6
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2430

^ E60, E61 (5 Series)

^ E63, E64 (6 Series)

^ E70 (X5)

^ E82 (1 Series) with CCC

^ E90, E91, E92 (3 Series) with CCC

1. Press the "Menu" button and ensure that the Central Information Display (CID) is set to the basic menu screen.

2. Press down briefly on the controller to enter the"Settings" menu.

3. Scroll down to "Communication Interface" and select.

4. The "Assist Settings" menu will then be displayed.

5. Select "BMW service settings".

6. Select "Service Status".

7. Select "Enable services" ("Update services" if this is the second attempt to initialize).

Note:
"Terminate Services" is not an option and will NOT be displayed on vehicles equipped with a GSMTCU.

8. A box will then be displayed on the CID with a bar graph and the following messages:

^ "Establishing connection"

^ "Data exchange active"

^ "Data exchange completed"

9. The data exchange can take 3-8 minutes.

10. Do not turn off the ignition.

11. Please wait until the initialization process has been completed successfully.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 7
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2431

12. If the message "Data transmission failure. Call BMW Customer Relations" appears, do not call Customer Relations; instead, refer to the
"Troubleshooting" section of this Service Information bulletin.

13. After successful initialization, please check the following:

^ On CCC-equipped vehicles, the "Service status" screen is displayed with the services checked (the minimum requirement for QC1
completion). The "Update services" selection is displayed.

^ The "Terminate Services" selection is displayed.

^ All of the services will be checked off when performing the initialization.

Note:
"Terminate Services" is not an option and will NOT be displayed on vehicles equipped with a GSM TCU.

14. After successful initialization, please check the following:

^ On M-ASK and CHAMP-equipped vehicles, the "Service Status" screen is displayed with all the Assist services available listed (the
minimum requirement for QC1 completion).

15. On vehicles equipped with CCC (Car Communication Computer), there may be extra settings in the "Service Status" menu that will not be
used at this time. These may include:

^ Traffic Info

^ My Info

^ Where to go?

^ Floating Car Data FCD

16. Test the BMW Assist services following the procedure outlined in the "TEST OF BMW ASSIST SERVICES" section of this bulletin.

ENABLING/INITIALIZING BMW ASSIST

^ E82 (1 Series) without CCC

^ E90, E91, E92 (3 Series) without CCC

1. Press the "MENU" button above the radio rotary knob.

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 8
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2432

2. Rotate the rotary knob until "ASSIST" is highlighted, and press the rotary knob briefly.

3. Once within the BMW Assist menu, press the button under "SET".

4. Turn the rotary knob until "SETUP" is highlighted, and press the rotary knob briefly to start initialization.

5. Test the BMW Assist services following the procedure outlined in the "TEST OF BMW ASSIST SERVICES" section of this bulletin.

6. The display will now show the % (progress) of the initialization.

7. The initialization process will take approximately 2 minutes. The process is complete when "complete" is displayed.

8. The word "complete" will only be displayed for about 5 seconds after the initialization is finished.

9. Once the initialization is completed (100%), the display will show the various functions enabled by BMW Assist.

10. If an error message is displayed and BMW Assist cannot be initialized, follow the troubleshooting section of this Service Information
bulletin.

ENABLING/INITIALIZING BMW ASSIST FOR THE E65 AND E66 (7 SERIES) FROM 3/05

1. Press the "MENU" button and ensure that the Control Display is set to the basic menu screen.

2. Starting from the basic menu, slide the controller towards "BMW Assist".

3. Rotate the controller to select "Status" and push the controller down.

4. Rotate the controller to select "BMW Assist" and push the controller down.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 9
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2433

5. Rotate the controller to select "INITIALIZE" and push down on the controller.

6. The message "Initializing, please wait....50%" will be shown (progress is shown in increments of 10%).

7. Please do not turn off the ignition while the initialization/update process is running!

8. The functions which are enabled have the boxes checked off. This serves as a confirmation that BMW Assist has been successfully
initialized.

9. If the message "An error has occurred during the initializing. Would you like to call the operator?" is displayed, follow the troubleshooting
section of this Service Information bulletin.

10. Test the BMW Assist services following the procedure outlined in the "TEST OF BMW ASSIST SERVICES" section of this bulletin.

BMW CENTERS OUTSIDE OF THE VERIZON WIRELESS NETWORK

The vehicle must be located within the Verizon Wireless network for the above initialization procedure to work properly. See the attachment to SI
B84 15 03 for the list of centers located outside this network. If the vehicle is not in the Verizon Wireless network, perform steps one and two and
then follow these additional steps:

^ Create a PuMA case to receive TCU shipping authorization.

^ Remove the TCU from the vehicle.

^ Send the TCU, the BMW Assist TCU Reactivation Form with the new MIN/MDN numbers, and a copy of the PuMA case via FedEx to:

BMW of North America, LLC

BMW of North America, LLC will reactivate the TCU and ship it out on the same business day that it was received.

^ After receiving the TCU from BMW of North America, reinstall the TCU and place a BMW Assist call as outlined in the "TEST OF BMW
ASSIST SERVICES" section of this bulletin.

TEST OF BMW ASSIST SERVICES

Test the BMW Assist service for proper operation by placing a test call (press the "SOS" or Roadside Assistance "Wrench" button). Make sure that
the BMW Assist Response Center has received the correct MIN/MDN, VIN and location for the vehicle. Have the representative update his or her
records as needed.

LABEL INSTRUCTIONS

This Service Action has been assigned code number 516. After the vehicle has been checked and corrected,if necessary, obtain a label (SD 92-335)
and:

a. Emboss your BMW dealer warranty number in the middle of the label (1);

b. Punch out the code number 516 printed on the label (2); and
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 10
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2434

c. Affix the label to the B-pillar as shown.

WARRANTY INFORMATION

Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Customer_Letter
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 11
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2435
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 12
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2436

Q&A
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 13
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2437

VIN_List

Disclaimer
Technical Service Bulletin # 841401 Date: 080301

BMW Assist(R) - BMW Contact Phone Numbers

SI B84 14 01
Communication Systems

March 2008
Technical Service
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 14
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2438

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI 84 14 01 dated November 2006.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
BMW Assist, Roadside Assistance & BMW Center Telephone Numbers

MODEL
E60, E61 (5 Series)

E63, E64 (6 Series)

E65, E66 (7 Series) from 3/05 production

E70 (X5) equipped with ZPP (Premium Package) or SA639 (BMW Assist)

[NEW] E71 (X6) equipped with ZPP (Premium Package) or SA639 (BMW Assist)

[NEW] E82, E88 (1 Series) equipped with ZPP (Premium Package) or SA639 (BMW Assist)

E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series) equipped with ZPP (Premium Package) or SA639 (BMW Assist)

SITUATION
On all vehicles with BMW Assist with Bluetooth(R) wireless technology, the CPT9000 phone system or a CPT8000 phone system, important
phone numbers must be programmed into the vehicle prior to customer delivery. This will enable all features of the BMW mobile phone and BMW
Assist services.

These numbers are the customer's local BMW center, the BMW Customer Assist telephone number, and the Roadside Assistance backup number.

Note:
The Roadside Assistance and the SOS/Emergency telephone numbers are preprogrammed into the Telematics Control Unit (TCU). The "back
up" phone numbers are displayed on the radio or in the Central Information Display (CID) if BMW Assist is not initialized.

In order for these additional numbers to work, a valid handset (CPT8000, CPT9000, or paired Bluetooth handset to the vehicle) must be connected
and operational.

PROCEDURE

1. Connect the diagnostic connector of DIS Plus/GT1 (loaded with DIS V41 or higher) to the Vehicle / Turn the key ON (KL 15).

2. Select "Diagnosis".

3. Select the series vehicle that you are working on. Scroll right.

At the "FASTA / FASTA_Start" window, select "END" (if the window popped up).

At the "IDENT-E65/E60 / Transfer" window, press "OK".

4. Select "Short test". After completion of the short test, scroll right.

5. If "Short test" shows faults in the telephone system, these must be corrected before continuing.

6. Select "Function selection" / "Service functions" / "Maintenance" / "Transport mode/predelivery check"/"Delete transport mode".

7. Select "Test plan".

8. Select "SCBS_0001" for the E65 and E66 or "SCBS_6001" for the E90, E91, E92, E93, E60, E61, E63 and E64. Page right.

9. At the selection screen, "SCBS_0001/Start", "Delete transport mode before starting pre-delivery inspection!" is displayed. Select "1. Start
pre-delivery inspection" if the transport mode has been deleted.

10. On the next screen, "SCBS_0001/Start", an overview of the pre-delivery inspection is displayed. Page right.

11. On the next screen, "SCBS_0001/Reset_kilometers", the annual kilometer adaptation, is reset. Page right.

12. On the next screen, "SCBS_0001/Telephone_status", enter the Roadside Assistance telephone number (1-800-332-4269), using the on screen
keypad, and hit the enter key. The keypad will disappear and the number should be displayed. Page right.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 15
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2439

13. On the next screen, "SCBS_0001/Telephone_status", enter the Customer Hotline (Assistance) telephone number (1-866-239-5575), using the
on screen keypad, and hit the enter key. The keypad will disappear and the number should be displayed. Disregard the telephone numbers
displayed in Functional Description. These numbers are corrected with the release of DIS CD41. Page right.

14. On the next screen, "SCBS_0001/Telephone_status", enter the applicable telephone number for your BMW Center using the on screen key
pad, and hit the enter key. The keypad will disappear and the number should be displayed. Page right.

15. On the next several screens, "SCBS_0001/Status_main_inspection", complete the information as it applies to this vehicle. Page right.

16. On the next screen, "SCBS_0001/Status_AU", complete the information as it applies to exhaust inspection. Page right.

17. On the next screen, "SCBS_0001/Tester time", verify that the correct tester time is displayed and correct if necessary. Make the selection
"Yes/NO" and page right.

18. On the next screen, "SCBS_0001/Day counter", the day counter is reset. "Please wait" is displayed. When this is finished, page right.

19. On the next screen, "SCBS_0001/Telephone numbers", verify that the telephone numbers are correct, based on the current vehicle. If the
numbers are correct, then select "YES" and page right. If not, select "NO" and correct them.

20. On the next several screens, "SCBS_0001/First_registration_date", complete the information as applicable and make a selection "YES/NO",
and page right. If "YES" was selected, enter the information in the next several screens, using the on-screen keypad. Page right.

21. On the next screen, "SCBS_0001", the fault memories are cleared. After this is completed, the screen will display "Fault memory was
cleared. End service function." Continue in the test plan. Page right.

22. Exit the test plan and disconnect the tester. Turn the ignition off, close the vehicle and let the vehicle go to sleep (approximately 16 minutes).

23. Turn the ignition back on and enter the iDrive "BMW Assist" menu screen. Place test calls to make sure that the proper numbers were
entered and that the system is working properly.

PARTS INFORMATION
For available service providers (local carriers) and related telephone handset kit part numbers, refer to the CenterNet.

Select Menu/Aftersales/Electronics Portal to access the latest information on compatible handsets.

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 650308 Date: 080301

Audio System - Interference on All Radio Bands

SI B 65 03 08
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS

March 2008
Technical Service

SUBJECT
Interference with Radio Reception on all Bands (FM, AM, HD Radio)

MODEL
E60, E61 (5 Series)*
E90, E92, E93 (3 Series)*

*with option 609 (CCC), option 6UH (RTTI) and option 653 (HD Radio/IBOC)

Vehicles from July 5th, 2007 to October 11th, 2007.

SITUATION
The customer may complain of interference while listening to the radio in AM, FM or HD Radio mode. Fault code A52B is stored in the IBOC (HD
Radio) module.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 16
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2440

CAUSE
The IBOC aerial antenna splitter may have a loose contact on the AM/FM signal connector (short right angle connector) going to the IBOC radio
antenna input on the module.

CORRECTION
Verify the customer's complaint.

Replace the IBOC antenna splitter.

PARTS INFORMATION

Note:
Parts stock has been cleared. The improved BOC antenna splitter is marked with a blue dot.

WARRANTY INFORMATION

Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Disclaimer
Technical Service Bulletin # 650707 Date: 080301

SDARS SIRIUS(R) Radio - Intermittently Inoperative

SI B65 07 07
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS

March 2008
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI 65 07 07 dated April 2007.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
SDARS SIRIUS Radio is Intermittently Inoperative

MODEL
E90, E91 *(3 Series)

E92, E93 *(3 Series Coupe and Convertible)

E60, E61 *(5 Series)

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 17
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2441

E63, E64 *(6 Series)

[NEW] E70 *(X5)

[NEW] E71 *(X6)

*Only with option 655 (SDARS Satellite Radio)

SITUATION
When the SIRIUS Satellite radio is intermittently inoperative, the following can occur:

^ [NEW] "Acquiring" is displayed.

^ [NEW] The SIRIUS radio preset list is empty.

[NEW] CAUSE
The antenna signal is missing for the following possible reasons:

^ The vehicle is in area without connection to the SIRIUS Satellite.

^ Inside a building (parking garage, workshop, ...)

^ In tunnels

^ In a dense urban area surrounded by high-rise buildings

^ Under trees

^ In a mountainous or valley area

^ Defective SDARS antenna

^ Defective SDARS antenna cable

^ Defective connector on:

^ The SDARS antenna

^ The SDARS receiver

^ Internal fault in the SDARS receiver

[NEW] CORRECTION
Try to reproduce the complaint with the customer when possible.

If it can be reproduced, follow the procedure below.

[NEW] PROCEDURE
Ask the customer if "Acquiring" is displayed when SDARS is not working (no audio).

^ Where (location) and how often it is happening (can it be reproduced all the time?)

Try a similar vehicle for verification at the same location and time.

^ If it acts the same way, then the functionality is normal and no further steps have to be taken.

^ For information on SIRIUS Satellite functionality, refer to Service Information B65 02 05.

^ If it is acting differently, follow these steps:

^ Connect the vehicle to a GT1/DISplus and perform a short test.

^ Select "Function Selection".

^ Select "Complete Vehicle".

^ Select "Body".

^ Select "Audio, Video , Telephone, Navigation".

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 18
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2442

^ Select "Radio".

^ Select "Satellite radio", then select one of the following options:

^ Satellite radio supply (Test plan B6512_80020 / Diagnosis, test)

^ Test plan B6512_80020 includes:

^ Voltage supply

^ DIAGCODE: D6136_00000000_01_010

^ Antennas/antennas

^ Terrestrial antenna/antenna (NO test plan)

^ Satellite antenna/antenna (NO test plan)

^ Satellite radio (Test plan B6512_80021 Fault status)

^ Test plan B6512_80020 includes:

^ Antenna amplifier defective

^ Lines/plug connections defective (e.g. Fault code A536 Satellite antenna: open circuit)

^ To read out fault memory entries, additional information on the SDARS receiver or to activate component functions:

^ Select "Control unit functions".

^ Select "Control modules".

^ Select "SDARS Satellite tuner (US)".

^ In the column "Functions" select one the following functions:

^ Read fault memory

^ Clear fault memory

^ Physical hardware number

^ Identification

^ Component activation

^ Diagnosis request for Antennas

In addition the following actions can be taken to diagnose and solve the issue:

^ Check the SDARS antenna by connecting an aftermarket SIRIUS antenna and test.

^ Check the SDARS antenna cable; if necessary, replace it.

^ Check the connectors on the SDARS antenna (shark fin) and on the SDARS receiver.

If this doesn't resolve the issue, please contact the TC Hotline via PuMA.

^ Create a TC PuMA case and include the following information:

^ Part number of the SDARS module

^ On the label on the receiver

^ Read out via GT1/DISplus

^ Hardware and software number

^ ESN number
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 19
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2443

^ Head Unit (CCC, M-ASK, RAD2, CHAMP)

[NEW] WARRANTY INFORMATION

Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Disclaimer
Technical Service Bulletin # 610208 Date: 080201

Locks - Gong Warning/No Visual Warning Message

SI B 61 02 08
General Electrical Systems

February 2008
Technical Service

Gong Warning Without Visual Check Control Message

MODEL
E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series)

SITUATION
An implausible gong warning sounds approximately 10-15 seconds after the engine is started. There is no Check Control warning in the Instrument
Cluster and no faults are stored.

CAUSE
Faulty center lock button (permanently closed contacts)

CORRECTION
In the case of a customer complaint, test the functionality of the center lock button and replace as necessary.

PARTS INFORMATION

WARRANTY INFORMATION
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 20
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2444

Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Disclaimer
Technical Service Bulletin # 654405 Date: 080601

CCC(R) - CD/DVD Disc Does Not Eject

SI B65 44 05
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS

February 2008
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B65 44 05 dated June 2005.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
CCC CD/DVD Disc Does not Eject

MODEL
[NEW] E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series) with SA609 (Navigation System)

[NEW] E60, E61 (5 Series) with SA609 (Navigation System)

[NEW] E63, E64 (6 Series)

[NEW] E70 (X5) with SA609 (Navigation System)

SITUATION

1. The customer may complain that he or she is not able to eject the CD or DVD disc from the drive.

2. When replacing a failed CCC (Car Communication Computer), the CD and/or DVD disc doesn't eject.

CAUSE
[NEW] Defective discs or defective CD/DVD drive

PROCEDURE
[NEW] Use the following procedure to try and remove the disc from the drive:

1. Turn the ignition on.

2. Press the rotary knob along with both drive eject buttons simultaneously.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 21
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2445

3. Release the buttons. This will initiate a CCC reset.

4. Once the CCC starts to reset, press the eject buttons repeatedly to eject the discs.

5. If necessary, try this procedure several times.

6. If the disc still does not eject, connect a DIS/GT1 to the vehicle.

7. Perform an individual short test on "CCC-BO User Interface".

8. Select the "Control Module Functions" button at the lower right of the screen.

9. Select "CCC-BO User interface" from the Control Modules column.

10. Select "Component activation/Drive" from the Functions screen.

11. Select either "Eject CD" or Eject DVD" from the Part functions list and then press "Activate" to eject the CD/DVD.

12. Once the disc is removed, inspect for warpage or damage.

13. Do not install a damaged disc into a replacement CCC.

14. If the discs cannot be removed, they will need to be replaced.

15. [NEW] Replace the CD or DVD drive as needed.

[NEW] Note:
No TC authorization is needed to perform this repair or replace either drive.

[NEW] PARTS INFORMATION

[NEW] WARRANTY INFORMATION

Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Disclaimer
Technical Service Bulletin # 650599 Date: 080201

Audio System - Retrieving Radio Security Codes

SI B 65 05 99
Sound Systems, Cruise, Alarms, Monitors

February 2008
Technical Service
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 22
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2446

This Service Information Bulletin supersedes S.I. 65 05 99 dated January 2008.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
Radio Security Codes in DCS

MODEL
All with anti-theft radio

SITUATION
Procedure to obtain Radio security codes via DCS

PROCEDURE
In order to obtain the correct radio security code:

1. If possible, ask the customer where the "radio security code" card is located, (normally with the Owner's Manual). It is recommended that the
BMW Center keep the radio codes on file.

2. In some situations the "radio security code" card cannot be located. In order to avoid unnecessary delays in obtaining the correct radio
security code, the radio code can be found using DCS, for radios manufactured by Alpine, Pioneer and Blaupunkt.

BMW uses several different manufacturers of radios. The most common are: Alpine, Pioneer and Blaupunkt. On earlier production vehicles the
following radio brands can be found: Bavaria, Becker and Phillips. The manufacturers name is always printed on the radio label for easy
identification (label is located on top of the radio chassis). Most radio codes for Alpine, Pioneer and Blaupunkt are available via DCS. Each radio
manufacturer has a different method of obtaining their security code. Use the following as a guideline when retrieving the proper serial numbers
and entering into DCS to obtain the radio code.

Alpine Non I-Bus Radio- (E30, E34, E36 vehicles)

Alpine radios use two types of serial numbers. The radio serial number will contain either nine or ten characters. For either type of serial number
enter all characters into DCS.
Example: S/N A50223456
Enter: A50223456
Example: S/N A50223456a
Enter: A50223456a

IMPORTANT: If the serial number begins with

A501.... When entering into DCS change the first
letter to B.
Example: S/N A50123456
Enter: B501 23456

Alpine I-Bus Radio - (E36 from 96MY)

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 23
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2447

With the introduction of I-Bus technology (from 1996

production), radio serial numbers can be displayed in
the radio matrix by using the radio Service Function:

^ Turn the radio OFF and ON again

^ Press and hold the "m" button for 5 seconds

^ A number will display in the radio matrix

^ Example: SNT0123456 or W0123456

^ Turn radio OFF to exit Service Function

^ Enter into DCS the last eight characters to obtain the code. Enter: T0123456 or W0123456

If the radio serial number cannot be displayed using the Service Function, remove the radio and obtain the serial number from the radio chassis.
Alpine I-Bus serial numbers contain fourteen or fifteen characters. If the serial number contains 15 characters, drop the last letter and use the last
eight characters and enter into DCS.

Example: S/N AL6BDUT0123456a

Enter: T0123456 into DCS

If the serial number contains 14 characters use the last eight remaining characters and enter into DCS.

Example: S/N AL6BDUT0123456

Enter: T0123456

If the ALPINE anti-theft code is not found in DCS, ALPINE has created a website to obtain these radio codes. Log on to the ALPINE website.

The ALPINE Anti-Theft code will then be displayed immediately.

[NEW] Important: Do not change the Password since this deactivates the access for all other users!

Pioneer Radio - (E30, E31, E32)

Pioneer radio serial numbers contain ten characters. The first three characters are always letters, followed by seven digits. To obtain a radio code
through DCS, enter the full serial number.

Example: S/N POL0123456

Enter: POL0123456

Pioneer Radio- (E34, E36)

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 24
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2448

Pioneer radio serial numbers contain ten characters. The first three characters are always letters, followed by seven digits. To obtain radio code
through DCS, enter the full serial number.

Example: S/N POL0123456

Enter: POL01234562345

If the first letters are missing or if the radio code obtained through DCS is invalid, an alternate method must be used. The first three letters of the
serial number must be changed. Example: If the serial number is between 0000001 to 0000100, enter "pid" in front of the serial number.

Blaupunkt Radio- (CD43 used in E36/7)

Blaupunkt radio codes are now available in DCS. The radio serial numbers can be pulled up in the radio matrix by using the radio Service Function:

^ Turn the radio OFF and ON again

^ Press and hold the "m" button for 5 seconds

^ A number will appear in the matrix

^ Example: W1478822

^ Turn radio OFF to deactivate Service Function

^ Enter all eight characters into DCS to obtain a radio code.

If the radio serial number cannot be displayed by using the Service Function, remove the radio to obtain the serial number from the label. Blaupunkt
radios have serial numbers containing fourteen characters. Enter the last eight characters into DCS.

Example: S/N BP8272W1483692

Enter: W1483692

There are some instances where the serial number displayed in the radio matrix displays all numbers. The first number is usually a 1. If this is the
case you need to replace the 1 with either a Y or Z when entering into DCS.

Example: S/N BP027319661001

Enter: Y9661001 or Z9661001

PHILLIPS- radio codes are only available via PuMA (submitting a PuMA case). Example: PH7850S1083150. The complete serial number is
required.

BAVARIA- radio codes are only available through via PuMA (submitting a PuMA case).

Example: PI92XXC0012345. The complete serial number is required.

BECKER- radio codes are only available via PuMA (submitting a PuMA case). Example: BE0729X570438. The complete serial number is
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 25
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2449
required.

Please note: Three unsuccessful attempts to enter the code will result in the radio being disabled for an hour. If the radio is disabled, the key must
be left in KLR and the radio must be switched on for an hour. For those radio codes that are not found in DCS, please submit a PuMA case
including the radio serial number and manufacturer. Refer to SI B00 01 03 for information on how to use PuMA.

WARRANTY INFORMATION
For Information only.

ATTACHMENTS
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 26
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2450

view PDF attachment B650599Attachment_A.

Disclaimer
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 27
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2451

Technical Service Bulletin # 650408 Date: 080401

Audio System - 'Call SIRIUS' Message Displayed

SI B65 04 08
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS

April 2008
Technical Service

SUBJECT
"Call SIRIUS" Is Displayed

MODEL
All vehicles with option 655 (SDARS Satellite Radio)

SITUATION
"Call SIRIUS" is displayed intermittently either only on satellite radio channel 184 even if SDARS
receiver is subscribed or on all satellite radio channels if SDARS receiver is not subscribed.

INFORMATION
"Call SIRIUS" can be displayed for a number of reasons. Shown below are typical situations where the
message is displayed, also the differences between "subscribed" and "not subscribed" displays.

1. Regardless of whether the SDARS receiver is subscribed or not, a "Call SIRIUS" message is displayed on channel 184 (Weather and 180/360
days free test-channel); see examples below.

Vehicles with a Control Display

The rolling message "To Activate Call 1-888-539-SIRIUS" is displayed for approx. 1 minute and repeats every 5 minutes.

Note:
Only audio from channel 184 is active.

Vehicles with a Radio2 (RAD2)

The rolling message "To Activate Call 1-888-539-SIRIUS" is displayed for approx. 1 minute and repeats every 5 minutes.

Note:
Only audio from channel 184 is active.

2. If the SDARS receiver is subscribed:

Vehicles with a Control Display

The SDARS receiver is subscribed:

^ Check mark next to almost all the channels (depends on the SIRIUS subscription package).

^ Audio on the checked channels.

Vehicles with a Control Display

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 28
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2452
The SDARS receiver is subscribed:

^ Details on selected SIRIUS satellite radio stations are displayed.

^ Audio on the selected channel.

Vehicles with a RAD2

The SDARS receiver is subscribed:

^ Almost all channels (depends on the SIRIUS subscription package) can be selected (only check mark next to the selected SIRIUS satellite radio
station).

^ Audio on the checked channels.

Vehicles with a RAD2

The SDARS receiver is subscribed:

^ Details on selected SIRIUS satellite radio stations are displayed.

3. If the SDARS receiver is not subscribed:

Vehicles with a Control Display

The SDARS receiver is not subscribed:

^ Only a check mark next to Channel 184 (Weather and 180/360 days free test channel).

^ Audio only on channel 184.

Vehicles with a Control Display

The SDARS receiver is not subscribed:

The message "Call SIRIUS 1-888-539-SIRIUS" and the ESN number (e.g. ESN 021858122776) are displayed on all channels, except on channel
184 where the rolling message "To Activate Call 1-888- 539-SIRIUS" is displayed for approx. 1 minute and repeats every 5 minutes.

Note:
Only audio from channel 184 is active.

Vehicles with a RAD2

The SDARS receiver is not subscribed:

^ A check mark can only be set on channel 184 (Weather and 360 days free test channel).

^ Audio only on channel 184.

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 29
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2453

Vehicles with a RAD2

The SDARS receiver is not subscribed.

When selecting other SIRIUS satellite radio stations:

^ "Call SIRIUS 1-888-539-SIRIUS" is displayed.

^ The phone number and ESN number (e.g. ESN 020293527822) are displayed after scrolling up.

4. The SDARS receiver is not subscribed and the 180 days/360 days test channel has expired:

Vehicles with a Control Display

The SDARS receiver is not subscribed:

^ No check marks next to any channel.

^ No audio on any channel.

Note:
When selecting one of the listed channels, the message "Call SIRIUS 1-888-539-SIRIUS" and the ESN number (e.g. ESN 021858122776) will
be displayed.

Vehicles with a RAD2

The SDARS receiver is not subscribed:

^ "Call SIRIUS 1-888-539-SIRIUS" is displayed immediately when selecting SDARS.

^ A phone number and ESN number (e.g. ESN 020293527822) are displayed after scrolling up.

^ No audio on any channel.

NOTE:
The SDARS receiver can still be activated (subscribed) after the 180/360 days free test channel has expired (no audio on channel 184 and no
check mark next to channel 184).

If the SDARS receiver is unsubscribed, please contact SIRIUS to subscribe and to activate the full satellite radio functionality.

For more information on SIRIUS radio activation, log onto the website: www.sirius.com/install.

Important for proper SIRIUS radio activation:

1. Park the vehicle outside; assure a clear view to the sky, and turn channel 184 on. NOTE: Good reception to the satellites is assumed when
sound is active on channel 184 and/or "Acquiring" is NOT displayed.

2. Contact SIRIUS for activating the SIRIUS Radio subscription.

3. During the subscription update, the audio will mute and "upd. subscript." is displayed. Wait until "upd. subscript." disappears and the sound
output is restored.

4. Check if all channels (depending on the SIRIUS subscription package) have check marks (only on vehicles with a Control Display) next to
them, and sound can be heard from the selected SIRIUS radio stations.

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Information only
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 30
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2454

Disclaimer

Technical Service Bulletin # 650708 Date: 080401

Audio System - USB Device Is Not Detected

SI B65 07 08
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS

April 2008
Technical Service

SUBJECT
USB Device Is Not Detected

MODEL
E90, E91, E92, E93 *(3 Series)

E60, E61 *(5 Series)

E63, E64 *(6 Series)

*with option 6FL (USB-/AUDIO INTERFACE)

Vehicles produced from September 4th, 2007 to September 19th, 2007

SITUATION
The name of the connected USB device is not displayed in the "AUX-In" menu.

No tracks are displayed and no songs can be played through the USB audio interface.

CAUSE
The USB-HUB control unit is defective.

If the USB-HUB control unit is without power (vehicle in deep sleep mode or battery disconnected) for a period of two days or more, the internal
capacitors get discharged. The next time the USB-HUB control unit is powered up, the increased current can cause permanent damage to the
internal AVX fuse.

CORRECTION
Follow the test plan in Diagnostics using the latest diagnosis version.

1. Connect the vehicle to a battery charger.

2. Perform a short test.

3. Select "Function selection".

4. Select "Complete vehicle".

5. Select "Body".

6. Select "Audio, Video, Telephone, Navigation" in the left column.

7. Select "Telecommunication" in the center column.

8. Select "ULF-SBX-H-interface box High".

9. Select "Read out USB device data" and press the "Test plan" button.

10. Highlight "Read out USB device data B8400_00126" in the "Diagnostics test plan" screen and press the continue button (green arrow
pointing to the right).

11. Connect a USB device (iPod or USB stick) to the USB audio interface and continue.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 31
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2455

12. Follow the menu in "Diagnosis Test information" for the test module "B8400_00126/USB device data".

13. In the next screen, the "Vendor ID and Product ID" of the current and previously connected USB devices is displayed.

14. If "TEL_Antwort" or nothing at all is displayed, the device is not recognized or no device is connected.

15. When an iPod is connected via the Y-cable, check the function of the Y-cable first by connecting a Y-cable that functions properly.

16. Connect a USB stick or iPod (via Y-cable) that functions properly.

17. If the connected USB device is still not recognized, replace the USB-HUB control unit.

18. When ending the test module, a diagnosis code is displayed. Be sure to include the code in the "Comments" section of the warranty claim.

PARTS INFORMATION

WARRANTY INFORMATION

Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 650808 Date: 080501

Audio System - Code E190 Stored In The RAD2_GW

SI B65 08 08
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS

May 2008

Technical Service
Fault Code "E190" stored in the RAD2_GW

MODEL
E90, E91, E92, E93 *(3 Series)
*with option 663 (Radio BMW Professional) and option 653 (HD Radio)
Produced from 08/21/2007 to 12/02/2007

SITUATION
After performing a short test during a diagnostic session, the fault code entry "E190 - ring break
diagnostics completed" can be stored in the Radio2 gateway (RAD2_GW).

This will not lead to a customer complaint.

CAUSE
Internal fault in the RAD2 gateway
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 32
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2456

INFORMATION
The fault can be ignored and cleared as long as diagnostics does not suggest any other repair.

If prompted by the diagnostics, please follow the test plan in the diagnostics using the latest diagnosis version.

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Information only

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 121408 Date: 080501

Fuel System - MIL ON/Codes 2786/2787/2788 Set

SI B 12 14 08
Engine Electrical Systems

May 2008
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B12 14 08 dated March 2008.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
Service Engine Soon Lamp Is Illuminated, EKP FC 2786, 2787, 2788

MODEL
[NEW] E90, E92 and E93 (3 Series) M3 (S65 engine)

[NEW] Affects vehicles from start of production to April 29, 2008

SITUATION
The customer complains that the Service Engine Soon Lamp is illuminated. One of the following faults can be stored in the Fuel Pump Module
(EKP):

^ FC 2786 Fuel Pressure Sensor, plausibility, sensor value too low

^ FC 2787 Fuel Pressure Regulation, plausibility, pressure too low

^ FC 2788 Fuel pressure, plausibility, pressure too low

[NEW] CAUSE
Hardware error in the EKP (control unit for the electric fuel pump)

[NEW] PROCEDURE
In cases where only EKP-related fault codes are stored in the DME, perform the necessary test plans for each of the faults stored. If an exact
determination of the failure cannot be identified using the applicable test plans, only replace the EKP control unit for the electric fuel pump.
Replacement of the EKP does not require programming of the vehicle.

In cases where other fault codes are stored in the engine management system in conjunction with EKP faults, diagnose the vehicle based on those
other faults codes only, i.e., misfire, crankshaft sensor, camshaft sensor, etc.

PARTS INFORMATION

WARRANTY
Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 33
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2457

Disclaimer

Technical Service Bulletin # 540308 Date: 080201

Body - Corrected Retractable Hard Top Seal replacement

SI B54 03 08
Special Roofs

February 2008
Technical Service

RHT Seal Replacement Update

MODEL
E93 (3 Series Convertible)

INFORMATION
From the start of production, a hot melt butyl adhesive was required to secure a replacement roof shell seal to the respective roof shell of the RHT
(Retractable hard top).

A new type of sealant and updated repair instructions are now available. Hot melt butyl (P/N 83 19 7 187 744) is no longer required for this repair.

The following repair instructions, which are currently available on the TIS (Technical Information System), are now correct.

RA 54 37 005 Replacing the front roof shell seal

RA 54 37 015 Replacing the middle roof shell seal

RA 54 37 025 Replacing the rear roof shell seal

Depending on which roof shell is receiving the new seal, up to 3 different cold applied Butyl part numbers will be needed.

15mm flat Butyl tape

This part is correctly listed in the electronic parts catalog (EPC) and is P/N 83 19 0 153 321.

7mm round Butyl cord

This part is listed in both EPC and the repair instruction, but is not currently available.

Alternatively, 6mm round Butyl cord P/N 83 19 0 000 537 should be used.

4mm round Butyl cord

This part is listed in repair instructions but is not currently available.

Alternatively, 3mm round Butyl cord P/N 81 22 9 407 639 should be used.

NOTES:
^ Fasteners for the seals should not be reused. Fastener kits are available for each of the roof shell seals and are noted in the EPC.

^ The windows should be adjusted after a roof shell seal replacement per repair instruction RA 51 32 154 (front) and 51 37 154 (rear).

^ After repair, the vehicle should always be thoroughly water tested per repair instruction RA 54 37 ...In addition, it is beneficial to water test
the RHT in a wash bay or using a hose (low pressure but a high volume of water).
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 34
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2458

PARTS INFORMATION

Disclaimer

Technical Service Bulletin # 121308 Date: 080301

Instruments - Cannot Turn OFF MIL After Vehicle Repair

SI B 12 13 08
Engine Electrical Systems

March 2008
Technical Service

SUBJECT
After Vehicle Repair, Service Engine Soon Lamp Cannot Be Switched Off

MODEL
E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series)

E60, E61 (5 Series) all models equipped with M54, N52 and N52K engines

SITUATION
After a vehicle repair, the Service Engine Soon lamp cannot be switched off. Fault code 2F9A (Ambient temp sensor, communication) is stored in
the DME and will not delete.

CAUSE
The Instrument Cluster needs a software reset.

CORRECTION
Perform a software reset on the Instrument Cluster using the Instrument Cluster Test Functions

PROCEDURE

1. Press and hold the trip reset button and turn on KL-R. Test Functions are shown in the upper liquid crystal display.

2. Repeatedly press the trip reset button to reach test 19. Test 19.00 is displayed, together with Lock "ON", and Code "00".

3. To unlock the Test Functions, repeatedly press the trip reset button until the "Code" equals the sum of the last five digits of the VIN (Vehicle
Identification Number).

4. Press the trip reset button to advance to Test # 21 for the S/W reset. Test 21 is displayed.

5. Press the trip reset button to activate the S/W reset and extinguish the Service Engine Soon lamp.

For complete test function details, refer to your Technical Training information.

WARRANTY INFORMATION
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 35
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2459

Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Disclaimer
Technical Service Bulletin # 410108 Date: 080401

Body - Rear Door Check Pulls Out of B-Pillar

SI B41 01 08
Body

April 2008
Technical Service

SUBJECT
Rear Door Brake Connection Pulls out of the B-pillar

MODEL
E90, E91 (3 Series) produced up to 8/2007

SITUATION
The nut located on the inside of the B-pillar, used to secure the door brake fastener, may pull through the sheet metal on the B-pillar.

When this situation occurs, the door brake is inoperative. As a result, the door will not stay open on its own and has little resistance when opening
and closing.

CAUSE
Material defect in the area of the door brake weld nut.

CORRECTION
Install a reinforcement plate in place of the weld nut.

PROCEDURE

1. Remove the inertia reel on the affected B-pillar per Repair Instruction RA 72 11 030.

2. If any sheet metal is not flush to the B-pillar, it should be repaired to BMW specifications.

3. The unpainted bore in the B-pillar should be protected using Wurth Self Etch Primer or the equivalent.

4. Test fit the backing plate (1) into the B-pillar. The plate will fit in the space between the inner and outer sheet metal. The plate should be
oriented so that the threaded hole (2) is positioned to the lower outside corner, as shown. This orientation is necessary for the threaded hole to
line up with the door brake fastening hole in the B-pillar.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 36
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2460

5. Apply a thin bead of urethane (1) to the side of the plate, which will face the rear of the vehicle. The illustration shown is for the right side
B-pillar.

6. Fit the backing plate into the B-pillar and align the threaded hole with the hole in the B-pillar.

7. Secure the door brake to the threaded plate before the urethane begins to cure.

PARTS INFORMATION

WARRANTY INFORMATION

Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Disclaimer

Technical Service Bulletin # 990108 Date: 080901

Paint - Environmental/Industrial Fallout Repair

SI B 99 01 08
Paint Work

September 2008
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 37
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2461
Aftersales

SUBJECT
Environmental Paint Damage Repair

MODEL
All

SITUATION
Environmental issues can damage painted surfaces. Issues such as acid rain, industrial fallout, rail dust, bird droppings, and bugs can all damage the
paint surface. Repair processes are in place to repair
damage caused by these issues.

Industrial fallout or rail dust issues typically occur when new vehicles have been transported by rail to a location, or when a vehicle is located near
rail tracks for an extended period of time. Rail dust is comprised of heated iron particles from train brakes that, when airborne, will land on the
horizontal surfaces of vehicles and imbed themselves into the paint surface.

Typical sanding and polishing techniques alone will not resolve the issue of rail dust. BMW, in cooperation with 3M, has developed a procedure for
removing and correcting rail dust damage for the paint surface of a vehicle. Below are the process and product for removing and correcting rail dust
damage.

PROCEDURE
The process below is for the removal of contamination and minor paint surface defects resulting from transportation and storage of new vehicles.
Please be sure to use only BMW approved products when attempting to make a repair to the paint surface!

1. Wash and rinse the vehicle thoroughly, using BMW approved car wash soap*.

2. Check exterior surfaces for contaminants a rough or gritty feel, or use a white terry cloth towel to see if you get small snags of material on
the surface.

3. Work contaminated areas with a 3M clay bar, using light pressure and car wash soap or 3Mtrade; Gloss Enhancer as a lubricant.

4. Rinse and dry the surface.

5. Knead the clay periodically to expose a new surface.

6. Polish the surface, using BMW approved polishing materials and techniques

Note:
Refer to the BMW Color system manual for approved polishing materials and proper techniques.

* Please see page two for a list of BMW approved materials.

PARTS INFORMATION
The following materials are approved by BMW for the removal of rail dust and for the repair of the paint surface:

^ 3M(TM) 200 gram clay bar - PN 38070

^ 3M(TM) Finesse-Ittrade; SRC Finishing Material - PN 05927

^ 3M(TM) Wool Pad - PN 05703 or 05719

^ 3M(TM) Detailing Cloth - PN 06016

^ 3M(TM) Black Foam Pad - PN 05725 or 05738

^ 3M(TM) Perfect-It 3000trade; Ultrafin SE - PN 06068

^ 3M(TM) Yellow Wool Pad - PN 05713

^ 3M(TM) Perfect-It trade; Foam Polishing Pad Glaze - PN 05996

^ 3M(TM) Black Foam Pad - PN 05729

^ 3M(TM) Car Wash Soap - PN 39000

^ 3M(TM) Detailing Cloth - PN 06017

^ BMW Car Wash Soap - 83 12 0 412 530

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 38
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2462

^ BMW Polishing Cloth - 83 12 0 411 891

For product safety and health information, please see the Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS 08-5407-5), or contact:

3M Automotive Aftermarket Division

3M Center, Bldg. 223-6N-01

St. Paul, MN 55144-1000

Disclaimer
Technical Service Bulletin # 511808 Date: 080601

Interior/Instruments - Instrument Panel/Dash Diagnosis

SI B 51 18 08
Body Equipment

June 2008
Technical Service

SUBJECT
Instrument Panel Symptom Diagnosis

MODEL
E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series)

SITUATION
Symptom diagnosis has been expanded to include various customer complaints relating to the instrument panel and center console.

Symptom diagnosis includes topics from the following categories:

^ Noises (rattling, creaking) from the instrument panel area, center console or glove box

^ Aesthetic complaints

^ Malfunctions on flaps and/or lids or control elements

Symptom diagnosis is updated periodically, so always use the current DIS version when performing symptom diagnosis.

CAUSE
Various causes can be identified using the Symptom Diagnosis Test plans.

The information in symptom diagnosis is based on technician feedback and experiences dealing with these symptoms.

PROCEDURE
1. Identify the exact customer complaint.

2. Perform a Short Test using the latest version of Diagnostic software.

Procedure 1 (via Fault Symptom selection)

3. Page right to the "Diagnosis Fault symptom selection" screen.

4. Select "5110 Interior".

a. Select "510001 Malfunction on the instrument panel or centre console"; or

b. Select "510002 Noises from the instrument panel or centre console"; or

c. Select "510003 Aesthetic complaints about the instrument panel or centre console".

5. Once the symptom is selected, press the "Transfer" button to move the symptom into the "Accepted symptom" field.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 39
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2463

6. Follow the test plan through to the end for the appropriate recommendation and Diagnostic code.

Procedure 2 (via Function Selection)

3. Select the "Function Selection" button.

4. Select "Complete Vehicle"/ "Body" / "Mechanisms, Noises, Optical Elements".

5. Depending on the nature of the complaint, select one of the following:

^ Noises/ Instrument panel and centre console

6. Select the "Test plan" button to go to "Diagnosis Test Plan".

7. Follow the test plan through to the end for the appropriate recommendation and Diagnostic code.

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Information only

Warranty claims may be denied:

1. If not supported by diagnostic test plans (transferred via FASTA). Be sure to include the "Diagnostic code" in the comments section of the
warranty claim if one exists.

2. If the latest diagnostic software is not used.

Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Please refer to the latest KSD for all applicable labor operations and allowances.

If the appropriate labor operation is not contained in KSD, then a work time labor operation should be used.

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 641207 Date: 080601

A/C - White Flakes Blow From Dash Vents

SI B 64 12 07
Heating and Air Conditioning

June 2008
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B64 12 07 dated November 2007.

[NEW]designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
White Flakes/Powder Coming from the Air Conditioning Vents

MODEL
E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series)

Vehicles produced from May 31, 2006 to September 9, 2007

SITUATION
The customer states that at times white flakes or powder comes from the air conditioning vents.

CAUSE
The cause is surface oxidation of the evaporator in the heating and air conditioning unit. This only concerns evaporators manufactured by Denso
(identified by the label on the front of the air conditioning housing behind the radio).

PROCEDURE
The contents of this Service Information bulletin have been migrated into DIS V53 or later. Please refer to SI B64 04 07 for information on how to
access "Symptom Troubleshooting" for heating and air conditioning complaints.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 40
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2464

WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only

Disclaimer

Technical Service Bulletin # 654705 Date: 080901

CCC(R) - CID Switches From BMW Banner To Blank Screen

SI B65 47 05
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS

September 2008
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B65 47 05 dated March 2006.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
CCC - CID Switches between BMW Banner and Blank Screen

MODEL
E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series) with SA 609 Car Communication Computer (CCC)

E60, E61 (5 Series) with SA 609 Car Communication Computer (CCC)

E63, E64 (6 Series)

E70 (X5) with SA 609 Car Communication Computer (CCC)

[NEW] Vehicles produced up to 3/2008

SITUATION
The customer may complain that the Central Information Display (CID) switches between the BMW banner and a blank screen (resets). One of the
following fault codes is stored:

[NEW] 1. CID FC "A468 LVDS cable break"

Note:
With the release of DIS V53 or higher, this fault is now hidden and will only show up during diagnosis, using symptom troubleshooting related
to the customer complaint.

2. CCC-BO FC "A3E4 fault in file system"

CAUSE

CCC Failure

[NEW] PROCEDURE

Using DIS V53 or higher, perform symptom diagnosis using the DIS/GT1.

Refer to SI B65 06 07 for information on this procedure.

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 41
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2465

[NEW] WARRANTY INFORMATION

Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Disclaimer

Technical Service Bulletin # 841707 Date: 080701

Cell Phone - SOS Inactive Message/No TCU Communication

SI B 84 17 07
Communication Systems

July 2008
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B84 17 07 dated September 2007.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
SOS Inactive Warning Message, No Communication with TCU

MODEL
E60, E61 (5 Series) [NEW] produced up to 3/08

E63, E64 (6 Series) [NEW] produced up to 3/08

E65, E66 (7 Series)

E70 (X5) vehicles equipped with ZPP (Premium Package) or SA639 (BMW Assist) [NEW] produced up to 4/08

E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series) vehicles equipped with ZPP (Premium Package) or SA639 (BMW Assist) [NEW] produced up to 3/08 up to 3/08

SITUATION
A check control message stating "SOS inactive" is displayed.

^ The Telematics Control Unit (TCU) is NOT identified when performing a short test using the DISplus or GT1.

^ If the SOS button is pressed, the call connects but the radio is not muted. The BMW Assisttrade; phone call audio comes from the emergency
speaker.

^ Bluetooth: An approved Bluetoothreg; enabled handset, which previously worked, no longer connects to the vehicle. The Bluetooth menus for
pairing a device to the vehicle are unavailable.

^ RAD2 vehicles: The BMW Assist icon and phone icon are missing from the Radio display.

^ CCC vehicles: Enable Services is grayed out.

CAUSE

^ TCU Hardware failure

^ MOST-Bus communication issue

^ Incompatible handset paired to the vehicle

PROCEDURE

1. Duplicate the complaint.

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 42
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2466

2. Does the customer have a Bluetooth handset paired to the vehicle?

^ If no, proceed to step 3.

^ If yes, obtain the following information:

^ Manufacturer of the handset

^ Handset model number

^ Software number

^ Does the problem only occur when a handset is paired to the vehicle?

Note:
Pairing on an incompatible handset can have adverse effects. Please refer to the "Compatible Handset Information" section of this bulletin for
more information.

3. Check the BMW Assist account status on DCSnet. The BMW Assist services expiration date and the TCU activation status can be checked
on DCSnet under Service/Vehicle History Inquiry. Refer to SI B02 01 06 (Updated DCSnet Vehicle History Inquiry information on BMW
Assist) for more information.

^ If the customer has an active BMW Assist services account, test the BMW Assist services following the information outlined in "Testing
of BMW Assist Services" section of this bulletin.

4. Perform a short test using the DISplus or GT1.

5. Is the TCU identified when performing a short test?

^ If yes, proceed to step 6.

^ If no, are any other MOST-Bus modules identified?

^ If yes, check the power, ground and the MOST-Bus at the TCU.

^ If no, perform a MOST-Bus system analysis.

6. Work through any MOST-Bus communication faults. Diagnose and repair as necessary.

^ Check the MOST-Bus splice point for connection problems.

^ Check the MOST-Bus optical connection: for instance, were the OPS/OPPS heads connected?

^ If anything was retrofitted on the MOST-Bus (e.g., CDC, iPod, S-DARS, etc.), check the connections at the module that was retrofitted

7. If you cannot duplicate the customer complaint and there are no MOST-Bus communication faults, refer to SI B84 16 07 (Erroneous SOS
Inactive Warning Messages).

8. If the DISplus/GT1 cannot communicate with the TCU, the power and ground are OK at the TCU, and the MOST-Bus communication is
OK, then the TCU should be replaced. Proceed to step 9.

TCU REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE

9. It is NOT necessary to obtain a Part Replacement Authorization (TeileClearing) for this specific issue. Refer to the Warranty section of this
bulletin for more details. Additional information can be found in SI B84 23 05 (Enhanced Support for BMW Assist Telematics Control Unit
[TCU] with Bluetooth & CPT9000 Phone Systems).

10. Refer to TIS (RA 84 11...) for the TCU replacement procedure.

11. Before installing the new TCU, remove one copy of the Electronic Serial Number (ESN) label and place it on the repair order for reference
during warranty claim entry. You will be asked for the new TCU "ESN" when submitting a claim via DCSnet. Refer to SI B01 10 05 for
more details.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 43
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2467

12. The second ESN label of the TCU should be affixed over the existing label in the Owner's Manual insert (P/N 01 49 0 157 963).

13. Complete the TCU installation.

14. Using Progman V26.01.00 or higher, program the complete vehicle. Refer to SI B09 05 01 "Coding, Individualization and Programming",
Procedure A.

15. Initialize BMW Assist following the procedure starting at step 16.

INITIALIZATION OF BMW ASSIST SERVICES

16. The BMW Assist services initialization procedure must be completed per SI B84 15 03 for all vehicles.

^ The vehicle must be in the Verizon Wireless Network for the initialization procedure to work properly. If the vehicle is not in the Verizon
Wireless Network, perform the outlined procedure and then follow these additional steps.

^ Create a PuMA case to receive TCU shipping authorization.

Remove the TCU from the vehicle.

^ Send the TCU, the BMW Assist TCU Reactivation Form with the new MIN/MDN numbers, and a copy of the PuMA case via FedEx to:

[NEW] BMW of North America, LLC

Attn: TCU Teileclearing (TCU Reactivation B84 17 07)

1 BMW Plaza

Montvale, NJ 07645

(201) 573-2000

^ BMW of North America, LLC, will initialize the TCU and ship it out on the same business day that it was received.

^ After receiving the TCU from BMW of North America, reinstall the TCU and place a BMW Assist call as outlined in step 17.

^ [NEW] All shipping charges (both ways) are to be billed to the dealer's FedEx account. On the warranty claim, submit the FedEx shipping
charges (double the amount provided to you by TCU TeileClearing to cover shipment both ways) in the sublet section (using sublet code 4).

17. Test BMW Assist following the procedure outlined in step 18.

TEST OF BMW ASSIST SERVICES

18. Test the BMW Assist service for proper operation by placing a test call (press the Roadside Assistance "Wrench" button). Make sure that the
BMW Assist Response Center has received the correct MIN/MDN/VIN and location of the vehicle. Have the representative update his or her
records as needed.

^ If a TCU is replaced on a vehicle with an inactive BMW Assist account and a BMW Assist call is made, the call will be routed to an automated
system until the TCU is deactivated.

^ For customers who would like to renew BMW Assist services, refer to SI B84 22 05 (Reactivation of BMW Assist Services).

COMPATIBLE HANDSET INFORMATION

Before the complaint can be addressed, the particular handset must be verified for compatibility with the respective Bluetooth system installed in
the vehicle (e.g., BMW Assist with Bluetooth technology, BTUM, ULF). On vehicles equipped with BMW Assist with Bluetooth wireless
technology, to confirm whether or not the phone is compatible, visit www.bmwusa.com/bluetooth for a list of handsets that have passed BMW
testing for compatibility. Note the following disclaimer on this website: "This list is provided for reference only. The mobile phones listed here
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 44
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2468
have passed compatibility tests as of the date of testing and meet or exceed minimum standards established by BMW. The list is not a warranty for
phone performance or functionality. BMW makes no guarantees or warrantees as to the performance of each phone while connected to your BMW
via Bluetooth Wireless Technology. Furthermore, software releases by BMW, the phone supplier or the wireless carrier dated after testing might
alter compatibly results. While many phones are offered with Bluetooth Wireless Technology, not all phones support the necessary profiles to work
with your BMW. BMW does not guarantee availability or functionality with all wireless carriers. Functions such as synchronizing the address book
and
transferring a call into or out of the vehicle may function differently from phone to phone".

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 840608 Date: 080901

Cell Phone - Can't Select Address Via The Contact Book

SI B 84 06 08
Communication Systems

September 2008
Technical Service

SUBJECT
CIC: Unable to Select an Address via the Contact Book

MODEL
E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series) with SA 609 (CIC)

Vehicles produced up to November 2008

SITUATION
The customer states that the address fields are grayed out and not selectable from the CIC (Car Information Computer) Contact Book. This affects
contacts that are imported from the customer's Bluetooth phone. This also affects addresses that were added after the contact list was directly
imported from the phone.

CAUSE
CIC software error

PROCEDURE
Do not replace any parts or perform any programming on the vehicle.

This service information bulletin will be updated once the software correction is available (late 2008).

WARRANTY
For information only
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 45
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2469

Disclaimer

Technical Service Bulletin # 841405 Date: 080801

Cell Phone - Bluetooth(R) Upgrade

SI B 84 14 05
Communication Systems

August 2008
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B84 14 05 dated July 2008.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
Retrofitting a Telematics Control Unit (TCU) with Bluetooth Technology

MODEL
E46 (3 Series) from 9/03 production

E53 (X5) from 10/03 production

E60 (5 Series)

E63, E64 (6 Series)

E70 (X5)

E83 (X3) from 9/03 production

E85 (Z4) from 10/03 production

E90, E91, E92 (3 Series)

SITUATION

^ On a vehicle equipped with BMW Assist (SA 639), a customer would like, at his or her own expense, to upgrade to a Bluetooth® enabled
handset.

^ On a vehicle equipped with phone preparation (SA 640), the customer would like, at his or her own expense, to install a BMW Assist TCU with
Bluetooth technology.

^ A customer no longer wants to use a CPT9000 handset with his or her BMW Assist system.

PROCEDURE
See Attachment "B841405_Early_Production" for the following vehicles:

E46 (3 Series) from 9/03 to 2/04 production, with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639)

E53 (X5) from 10/03 to 5/04 production, with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639)

E83 (X3) from 9/03 to 2/04 production, with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639)

E85 (Z4) from 10/03 to 4/04 production, with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639)

See Attachment "B841405_Late_Production" for the following vehicles:

E46 (3 Series) from 3/04 to 9/04 production (325i/iA from 10/04 production,) with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639)

E53 (X5) from 5/04 to10/04 production, with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639)

E83 (X3) from 3/04 to 9/04 production, with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639)
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 46
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2470

E85 (Z4) from 4/04 to 10/04 production, with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639)

See Attachment "B841405_SA640" for the following vehicles:

E46 (3 Series) from 9/03 production, with Phone Prep (SA 640)

E53 (X5) from 10/03 production, with Phone Prep (SA 640)

E83 (X3) from 9/03 production, with Phone Prep (SA 640)

E85 (Z4) from 10/03 production, with Phone Prep (SA 640)

See Attachment "B841405_E6x" for the following vehicles:

E60 (5 Series) from 7/03 production to 8/04 production

E63, E64 (6 Series) from 11/03 production to 8/04 production

See Attachment "B841405_E70" for the following vehicles:

E70 (X5) with Phone Prep (SA 640)

[NEW] See Attachment "B841405_E9x_SA640" for the following vehicles:

E90, E91, E92 (3 Series) from 3/05 production, with Phone Prep (SA 640)

COMPATIBLE HANDSET INFORMATION

Visit www.bmwusa.com/bluetooth for a list of handsets that have passed BMW testing for compatibility. Note the following disclaimer on this web
site:

^ "This list is provided for reference only. The mobile phones listed here have passed compatibility tests as of the date of testing and meet or
exceed minimum standards established by BMW. The list is not a warranty for phone performance or functionality. BMW makes no guarantees
or warrantees as to the performance of each phone while connected to your BMW via Bluetooth Wireless Technology. Furthermore, software
releases by BMW, the phone supplier or the wireless carrier dated after testing might alter compatibly results. While many phones are offered
with Bluetooth Wireless Technology, not all phones support the necessary profiles to work with your BMW. BMW does not guarantee
availability or functionality with all wireless carriers. Functions such as synchronizing the address book and transferring a call into or out of the
vehicle may function differently from phone to phone".

WARRANTY INFORMATION
This is NOT a warranty issue. All costs are the customer's responsibility, except if the vehicle required a software update prior to the performing the
retrofit. Refer to SI B01 09 06 for more information.

ATTACHMENTS
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 47
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2471
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 48
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2472

view PDF attachment B841405_E6x.

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 49
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2473
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 50
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2474
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 51
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2475
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 52
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2476
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 53
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2477
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 54
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2478

view PDF attachment B841405_E9x.

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 55
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2479
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 56
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2480
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 57
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2481
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 58
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2482

view PDF attachment B841405_Early_Production.

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 59
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2483
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 60
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2484
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 61
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2485
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 62
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2486

view PDF attachment B841405_Late_Production.

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 63
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2487
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 64
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2488
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 65
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2489
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 66
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2490
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 67
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2491
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 68
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2492

view PDF attachment B841405_SA640.

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 69
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2493
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 70
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2494
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 71
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2495
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 72
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2496
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 73
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2497
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 74
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2498
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 75
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2499
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 76
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2500

view PDF attachment B841405_E70.

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 720108 Date: 080501

Restraints- Passenger Seat Belt Extends Unexpectedly

SI B72 01 08
Safety Belts and Accessories (Body)

May 2008
Technical Service

SUBJECT
Passenger Seat Belt Assistant Extends Unexpectedly
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 77
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2501

MODEL
E92 (3 Series Coupe)

SITUATION
While switching on the ignition and seated in the driver's seat, the driver may complain that intermittently both the left and right side seat belt
assistants will extend, instead of only on the driver's side.

CAUSE
The seat belt assistant is operating correctly.

If the customer operates the passenger door, such as to place an object in the car, and then enters the car on the driver's side, the assistant will
always extend on both sides when the ignition is switched on.

The reason behind this is an airbag pre-check that is performed each time that the ignition is switched on. During this brief pre-check, the passenger
seat OC3 mat does not recognize whether or not a passenger is present. Since the passenger side door latch has been operated, and the OC3 mat
hasn't yet determined whether a passenger is present, both seatbelt assistants will operate.

After approximately 10 seconds, the passenger side seat belt assistant will retract.

PROCEDURE
Do not replace any parts.

Explain to the customer that the system is operating correctly.

WARRANTY INFORMATION
No warranty claims should be submitted for this situation.

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 340508 Date: 080801

Brakes - Brake Rotor Minimum Thickness

SI B 34 05 08
Brakes

August 2008
Technical Service

MODEL
E82, E88 (1 Series)

E46 (3 Series)

E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series)

E39 (5 Series)

E60, E61 (5 Series)

E63, E64 (6 Series)

E65, 66 (7 Series)

E85, E86 (Z4)

E52 (Z8)

E83 (X3)

E53 (X5)

E70 (X5)

E71 (X6)
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 78
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2502

INFORMATION
BMW brake discs/rotors are stamped with a Minimum Thickness. The stamped minimum thickness is used to determine whether the brake
discs/rotors require replacement during a brake service, such as pad replacement. However, some motor vehicle inspection procedures require the
measurement of brake discs/rotors. An additional minimum thickness specification for the purpose of motor vehicle inspection is provided in the
Technical Data section of the Repair Manual. Examples of the two specifications are described in this bulletin.

The Stamped Minimum Thickness (MIN TH) is utilized as described below:

New brake pads may only be installed if the brake disc thickness is greater than or equal to the minimum brake disc thickness (MIN TH) [not
including M vehicles].

In the case of M vehicles and perforated (cross-drilled) brake discs, new brake pads may only be installed if the brake disc thickness is greater than
the minimum brake disc thickness (MIN TH).

The Minimum Thickness for general inspection (Motor Vehicle Inspection) is defined as follows:

Nominal size thickness minus 2.4 mm (not applicable to perforated brake discs and M vehicles)

M vehicles and perforated (cross-drilled) brake discs: Nominal size thickness minus 1.6 mm

Note:
The nominal size thickness refers to the width of a new rotor.

Always refer to the Repair Manual for model-specific information.

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 511608 Date: 080601

Body - Hood Insulation Pad Discontinued

SI B51 16 08
Body Equipment

June 2008
Technical Service

SUBJECT
Hood Insulation Pad Discontinued

MODEL
E90, E91 (3 Series) produced from 5/2008

E92, E93 (3 Series) produced from 6/2008

INFORMATION

The hood insulation pad (1) has been discontinued in series production on all 3 Series models from May or June of 2008 depending on model.

The actual discontinuation date may vary based on model and assembly plant. Therefore, some vehicles produced after the affected dates shown
above may still be equipped with the hood pad for a short time.

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Warranty claims to add the above-mentioned hood insulation pad should not be made and will not be approved.

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 512408 Date: 080901

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 79
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2503

Wipers/Washers - Washer Fluid Leaks Onto R/H Fender

SI B51 24 08
Body Equipment

September 2008
Technical Service

SUBJECT
Washer Fluids Leaking out of the Right Side M Vent

MODEL
E90, E92 and E93 (3 Series) M3 produced up to 4/2008

SITUATION
Washer fluid may drip out of the M vent located on the right side fender, or washer fluid residue may be seen on the right fender or mudguard.

CAUSE
During aggressive driving, when high g-forces are present, washer fluid may splash around in the reservoir and leak out through the vent tube
located on top of the reservoir. Once the fluid leaks out of the reservoir, it will exit through the M vent.

CORRECTION
Shorten the vent tube on the reservoir and install a breathable cap.

PROCEDURE

1. Remove the right front wheel arch trim per Repair Instruction RA 51 71 ...

2. Remove the washer fluid reservoir per Repair Instruction RA 61 71 061..

3. Remove A=10mm from the top of the vent tube located on the top of the reservoir.

4. Install the breather cap to the top of the vent tube.

PARTS INFORMATION

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 80
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2504

Disclaimer

Technical Service Bulletin # 170108 Date: 080701

Cooling System - Low Coolant Warning Lamp ON

SI B 17 01 08
Cooling Systems

July 2008
Technical Service

SUBJECT
Low Coolant Warning Lamp is Illuminated

MODEL
E90, E92 and E93 (3 Series) M3 (S65 Engine) produced from 03/10/08 up to 04/29/08

SITUATION
The customer complains that the low coolant warning lamp is illuminated.

CAUSE
The low coolant level float inside the coolant expansion tank can dislodge, causing an incorrect reading by the low coolant level sensor.

PROCEDURE
On a customer complaint basis, check the coolant level. If the coolant level is correct, replace the coolant expansion tank with P/N 17 11 2 283 500.
Refer to RA 17 11 100, Removing and installing/replacing coolant expansion tank (S65), for replacement procedures.

PARTS INFORMATION

WARRANTY
Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty or the Certified Pre-Owned Program.

Disclaimer

Technical Service Bulletin # 650104 Date: 080701

Audio System - AM/FM Radio Reception Problems

SI B65 01 04
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS

July 2008
Technical Service
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 81
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2505

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B65 01 04 dated April 2004.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
AM/FM Radio Reception Problems Radio/Antenna Diagnosis

MODEL
All

SITUATION
Various AM/FM reception problems

CAUSE

^ Environmental conditions

^ Signal transmission problems

^ Poor electrical connections (ground or power)

^ Soiled rear window glass (film and/or residue buildup on interior/antenna grid side of the window)

^ Poor antenna connections

^ Defective parts (some addressed by SIBs for specific models and complaints)

^ Tinted windows

^ [NEW] HD radio

INFORMATION
The Antenna

Many of the problems which occur with a car and not with a home stereo system stem from the differences between home and car antennas. A
home radio/TV antenna, which is considerably larger, is usually mounted on the highest point of the roof. It is often multi-directional for tuning in
to the best possible reception; a home antenna always remains in one place.

On the other hand, the antenna in a car is much smaller. It sits close to the ground, rather than being high in the air. It is virtually always in motion.

Given the difficult job car antennas are asked to perform, should problems with AM/FM reception be encountered by customers, it is most likely
not the fault of the BMW radio.

The stations that the customer is able to receive will depend largely upon signal strength. This varies depending upon the time of day, the season
and other factors.

AM Reception
AM radio waves generally deliver a powerful, continuous signal over more than a one-hundred-mile radius from their point of origin, even in
mountainous or inner-city areas. This is because AM waves are dispersed as ground waves, which follow the curvature of the earth, and space
waves, which actually bounce off the upper ionosphere, creating a downward route to the automobile, no matter where it is driven.

This factor is much better at night, and also tends to be better in winter than in summer.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 82
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2506

AM signal transmission problems

The problem with AM reception is that it is highly susceptible to electrical interference from sources such as power lines, electrical storms, and
even nearby vehicles.

In the United States, due to the large number of stations, many smaller AM stations are required to sign off or reduce power sharply at sunset, in
order to reduce interference with distant stations.

For AM signals, the single most important factor for good reception is the time of day. AM signals almost always get absorbed by the diffusion
layer of the ionosphere during daylight hours. As a result, all AM signals received during midday hours will arrive by ground wave, making
reception of signals over a few hundred miles away unusual in daylight. At night, however, the ionosphere reflects AM signals ("skywave"),
making it possible for signals to be heard at much greater distances.

FM Reception
FM reception which can include the car's local Weather Band station is usually better in sound quality than AM reception. However, unlike AM
waves, FM signals are weaker, delivering reception for only about forty to fifty miles under even the best conditions.

FM signal transmission problems

With FM signals, several problems can occur as a result of the way in which these signals travel and their relative lack of strength.

Dead Spots - If a direct FM wave and a reflected FM wave reach the car antenna at the same time, they will cancel each other out, creating a dead
spot.

Multipath - This is similar to a dead spot in that two stations are fighting for the same general frequency. A "multipath" is an area in which a
reflected FM signal is occupying a frequency very close to that of a direct signal. If the reflected wave is stronger than the direct wave, the result
will be a fluttering sound as the car passes through that area. This happens very often in inner-city areas.

Fading - This occurs as the car is leaving the effective reception range of the FM station; the signal becomes weak and fuzzy. Because the range of
most FM stations is only about forty miles, fading may be experienced quite often during long trips and even right in a motorist's own
neighborhood - if a particular FM station is broadcasting from forty miles away or more.

Station Swapping - An FM receiver is designed to search for and lock onto the strongest signal in any area. However, if there are two stations in a
given area that are broadcasting on very close frequencies, the radio may "swap" back and forth between these two stations, depending on which
signal is stronger.

Stereo Broadcasts
Stereo broadcasts have an effective range of only about forty miles, unlike mono broadcasts, whose effective range is usually about fifty miles.

This means that if someone is listening to an FM stereo broadcast, and the car is thirty miles away from the transmitter, interference may be
experienced. With a mono broadcast, on the other hand, such interference will not be heard until the car is approximately forty to fifty miles away
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 83
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2507
from the transmitter.

The Weather Band is a special feature on some BMW radios. It is designed as a special convenience for drivers as they travel from one place to
another. During a trip, the Weather Band will automatically seek out the strongest weather broadcast in any given area. When it finds a signal
strong enough to lock onto, it automatically does so.

[NEW] HD Radio
HD radio has its own unique issues that affect reception quality. For more information, refer to B65 25 05.

CORRECTION
Effective radio diagnosis starts with screening the complaint. When a customer complains about a radio problem, it is very important to observe the
complaint and explain the functionality to the customer (as outlined above) prior to turning the car in for diagnosing and repairing.

1. Get a detailed description of the complaint from the customer, including the precise circumstances under which the problem occurs.

2. Whenever possible, the customer should be asked to demonstrate the problem.

3. If the problem is caused by external interference, ask the customer which stations or frequencies are delivering poor reception. This will help
to determine whether the problem is location or distance-related.

4. Try to determine through the customer interview whether the problem is intermittent or constant.

5. Determine whether the problem is weather or temperature-related.

Once all pertinent information relating to the complaint has been gathered, refer to the following steps:

1. Verify the customer complaint and attempt to duplicate the problem. Find out if the problem occurs on AM band, FM band or both.

On vehicles with rear window defogger/grid antennas, thoroughly clean the inside of the rear window with BMW Window Cleaner, using a
lint-free cloth to eliminate any conductive coatings on the glass. The grids can easily be damaged by rubbing too strongly or using an abrasive
detergent.

2. Check existing Service Information bulletins (refer to the attached list of SIs) in order to determine whether a service procedure has already
been developed for the problem in question. If an SI for the problem is available, troubleshooting can begin as described in that bulletin.

3. If no information can be found in existing Service Information bulletins, it is your responsibility to decide what the logical source of the
problem might be by troubleshooting the vehicle itself. If the problem appears to be in a sound system component other than the radio or
some other component of the vehicle, the entire system should be diagnosed. Through system diagnosis, it is possible to find things like a
loose ground wire on the antenna, or a pinched speaker cable.

4. Most of our vehicles use a diversity antenna system and may use more than one piece of glass and more than one receiver antenna for
reception. Refer to the appropriate schematic to troubleshoot the system.

5. Check all connections at the antenna amplifier module, rear glass and radio. Make sure that connections are tight; check the knurled nut
antenna connection at the antenna amplifier, and look for signs of damage or corrosion.

6. A poor body ground can cause a "leak" into the antenna circuit. Check all relevant grounds, including the following:

- Battery ground connection to the body

- Engine ground to body connection

- Radio ground

- Amplifier ground (if equipped)

- DSP ground (if equipped)

- Ground connections in the C-pillar for the rear glass and defrost circuit

7. Check the mounting of the antenna amplifier module. This is typically case grounded, so a loose mounting screw can cause reception
problems.

8. If there is bad or no reception on either AM or FM, make sure that the coaxial cable coming from the antenna amplifier module is not
internally shorted. Disconnect both ends of the cable and check for continuity between the outer and the inner conductors of the cable. There
should be an open circuit between the outer and inner conductor.

9. Check to make sure that power is supplied to the antenna amplifier module (white wire = B+).

10. If the reception is ONLY affected with the defroster turned on, the problem may be:
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 84
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2508

^ The defrost trap circuits (small boxes located in the C-pillar, wired to the rear window) may be defective and can be replaced.

^ The mounting glue for the glass is forming a conductive path across multiple lines on the defroster grid.

^ There is a break in the defroster grid.

Jump your antenna inputs from your antenna amplifier to a stock (replacement) rear window or another vehicle's rear window, and retest to see
whether the defroster still causes the reception loss. If yes, the fault is in the car; if no, replace the rear window.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 85
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2509
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 86
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2510
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 87
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2511

Additional Service Informations:

Disclaimer

Technical Service Bulletin # 651008 Date: 080501

Audio System - No Audio After Check Control Message

SI B65 10 08
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS

May 2008
Technical Service

SUBJECT
RAD2: Intermittently No Audio after Check Control Message

MODEL
E90, E91, E92, E93 *(3 Series)
E82, E88 *(1 Series)

*with option 663 (Radio BMW Professional) and option 677 (Top-HiFi audio system)

Vehicles produced from September 2007

SITUATION
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 88
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2512
After a check control message (e.g., seat belt warning gong, key in the ignition and door open warning gong), intermittently the audio is thereafter
muted in all modes (FM, AM, CD, AUX, and USB). The audio is restored when the ignition is cycled.

CAUSE
Software issue in the RAD2 (Radio2 from SIEMENS)

INFORMATION
Do not replace parts! Please explain the cause of the problem to the customer. This Service Information will be updated as soon as an improvement
is available.

A software solution is being developed, with an expected release around October 2008.

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Information only

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 651108 Date: 080501

Audio System - iPod(R) Discharged After Inactivity

SI B 65 11 08
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS

May 2008
Technical Service

SUBJECT
iPod Classic is Discharged after an Extended Period of Inactivity

MODEL
E90, E91, E92, E93* (3 Series) from 03/2007

E60, E61* (5 Series) from 03/2007

E63, E64* (6 Series) from 03/2007

E70* (X5) from 4/2007

E71* (X6)

E82, E88* (1 Series)

*Only with USB Audio Interface (option 6FL)

SITUATION
When connected to the USB audio interface via the Y-cable and not used for an extended period of time (e.g., the vehicle is parked overnight), the
iPod Classic becomes discharged.

When starting the vehicle, the iPod cannot be turned on for up to 30 minutes, due to the extensive discharging of the internal iPod battery.
After that time, it can be used again without problems.

For other symptoms when the iPod won't turn on, please refer to the Apple website:
support.apple.com/kb/TS1383?viewlocale-en_US

CAUSE
Software (lower than version 1.1) in the iPod Classic

CORRECTION
In the event of a customer complaint, inform the customer that the software in the iPod Classic must be updated to version 1.1 or later. This can be
done by the customer.

For the software update procedure, the customer should refer to the iPod instruction manual or to the Apple website,
docs.info.apple.com/article.html?artnum=60944.

^ The software version of the iPod can be read directly from the device:
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 89
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2513

1. On all iPod models (except iPod shuffle), press the Menu button repeatedly until you see the Main menu.

2. Scroll to and then select Settings.

3. Scroll to and then select About. Note: This may be labeled "Info" on the original iPod.

4. Information about your iPod appears. You should see a line item labeled Version. You will see the software version installed on your iPod
listed to the right.

^ Information on how to detect the software version of an iPod is available online:

docs.info.apple.com/article.html?artnum=60984

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Information only

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 650208 Date: 080801

Audio System - iPod(R) Won't Charge Through USB Port

SI B 65 02 08
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS

August 2008
Technical Service

SUBJECT
iPod Classic Doesn't Get Charged through USB Connection

MODEL
E90, E91, E92, E93* (3 Series) from 03/2007

E60, E61* (5 Series) from 03/2007

E63, E64* (6 Series) from 03/2007

E70* (X5) from 4/2007

E71* (X6)

E82, E88* (1 Series)

*Only with USB Audio Interface (option 6FL)

SITUATION
The iPod Classic doesn't get charged when connected to the USB audio interface via the Y-cable. Audio output and normal operation through the
vehicle's control elements (radio buttons and/or MFL buttons)
is working)

CAUSE
Incompatible Y-cable for the iPod Classic

CORRECTION
Try to verify the customer complaint. If the complaint is reproducible, replace the Y-cable with an improved part.

PARTS INFORMATION
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 90
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2514

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 511908 Date: 080701

Interior - Passenger Side Floor Mat Curling

SI B51 19 08
Body Equipment

July 2008
Technical Service

SUBJECT
Passenger Side Floor Mat Curling

MODEL
E90, E91, E92, E92 (3 Series) produced between 9/2007 and 3/2008

SITUATION
The construction of the floor mat changed for the 2008 model year to enhance its appearance and performance. A new "flocked" backing for
increased grip has been added, and the retention augers on the passenger side, which secure it to the carpet, have been eliminated.

On passenger side floor mats, a preload is present on the mat during manufacturing, which causes the forward edge of the mat to curl back onto
itself.

CAUSE
An error in the manufacturing process

PROCEDURE
Replace the floor mat set. The preload caused during manufacturing has been eliminated.

PARTS INFORMATION
Refer to Parts Bulletin PB S51 07 07 for all applicable part numbers.

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Technical Service Bulletin # 520608 Date: 080801

Interior - Raised Spot At Rear Of Seat Cushion

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 91
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2515
SI B52 06 08
Seats

August 2008
Technical Service

SUBJECT
Raised Area on the Seat Bottom

MODEL
E82, E88 (1 Series) equipped with Seat Heating (SA 494)

E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series) equipped with Seat Heating (SA 494)

SITUATION

A raised spot or bump may be seen or felt at the rear of

the seat bottom (1).

CAUSE
The wire harness for the seat heater mat is loose. This allows the harness to press up against the seat cover just before it's routed to the underside of
the seat.

CORRECTION
Secure the seat heater wire harness to the seat base spring.

PROCEDURE

1. Place the seat in the highest and forwardmost position, in order to locate the correct harness.

2. Identify the wiring harness lead for the seat heater (1). When gently tugging on the harness, the bump in the seat will flatten.

NOTE:
For clarity, the illustration is of the seat removed from a 1 Series, although it is not necessary to remove the seat to perform the repair. When
performing this procedure on the passenger side seat, be sure not to disturb the OC3 mat (gray) harness.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 92
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2516

3. Secure the seat heater wiring harness (1) to the) to the seat base spring with a wire tie (2). Secure the harness with a second wire tie (3) to the
white plastic clip adjacent to the wire harness push pin.

NOTE:
Do not pull the harness too tight when securing the wire tie, as this would create a depression where the bump was previously seen.

4. Repeat steps 1-3 for the opposite side seat.

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty

Disclaimer

Technical Service Bulletin # 520508 Date: 080601

Interior - Seat Back Release Cable Comes Loose

SI B52 05 08
Seats

June 2008
Technical Service

SUBJECT
Seat Frame Design Change

MODEL
E92 (3 Series Coupe) produced up to May 2007

SITUATION
On early production E92s, the socket which secures the seat backrest release cable to the release mechanism could pull free from the release
mechanism.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 93
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2517

To reduce the likelihood of this occurrence, in late April 2007, a stud (1) was fitted to the end of the ball on the release mechanism on the inboard
side of the seat, which is part of the seat frame assembly.

Due to this design change, if the seat frame assembly is replaced on a car produced prior to May 2007, it is also necessary to replace the release
handle and cable assembly. The socket on the end of the new cable will have a hole in it to accommodate the new stud on the release mechanism.

PARTS INFORMATION

WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 280308 Date: 080701

M/T - M DCT Transmission Filling and Fluid Level Check

SI B28 03 08
Double-Clutch Transmission with Drivelogic

July 2008
Technical Service

SUBJECT
M Double-Clutch Transmission with Drivelogic - Transmission Filling and Fluid Level Checking

Procedure

MODEL
E90, E92, E93 M3 with S65 and M DCT transmission

SITUATION
The current version of BMW TIS does not contain the M DCT (GS7D36SG) transmission fluid filling (fluid checking) procedure. Use the
following procedure when the M DCT fluid fill (check) is required.

Important:
The M Double-Clutch Transmission (DCT) requires a special lubricant/hydraulic fluid: DCTF-1 Pentosin (P/N 83 22 2 147 477). This fluid is
specific to the double-clutch transmission and should not be substituted with any other product.

Substituting the DCTF-1 Pentosin in M Double-Clutch Transmission (GS7D36SG) may cause significant damage to the internal clutches of the
transmission assembly, requiring replacement of the complete gearbox, transmission oil cooler, and cooler lines.

The BMW DCTF-1 Pentosin fluid does not require regular service. It is an extended-life type of fluid and should not be replaced. Currently the
fluid is in extremely short supply, and can be obtained only after a PuMA case is submitted to TeileClearing (Enhanced Technical Support). Refer
to SI B28 02 08 (May 2008) for more information related to M DCT TeileClearing.

1. The vehicle needs to be leveled and secured on the appropriate workshop lift. Connect the vehicle to the DIS/GT1 loaded with the current
version of diagnostic software (V53 or higher).
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 94
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2518

2. Remove the transmission's undercover to gain access to the refilling plug (1). Make sure that the transmission is at ambient temperature
(engine should not be warmed up).

3. Using an Allen M8 wrench, loosen the fluid filling plug (1).

4. For refilling (empty gearbox after repair):

^ Remove the filling plug from the transmission housing and refill the transmission with approximately 8 liters of DCTF-1 fluid, until it
starts to overflow.

5. For checking the fluid level:

Carefully start removing the filler plug until the DCTF-1 fluid starts to flow.

Do not remove the filler plug completely!!!

With the correct fluid level and the gearbox filler plug removed while the engine is NOT running, approximately 1.5 liters of transmission fluid will
escape, leaving the gearbox underfilled. (The total capacity of the DCT transmission with oil cooler and cooler lines is approximately 9.5 liters.)

6. Install the filler plug (do not torque it yet).

7. From the DIS/GT1 diagnosis menu, select Service Functions, Transmission Controls, Calibrations, and Oil calibration.

8. Start the engine with the DCT gearbox in the P position.

9. Follow the "Oil calibration" test plan by running the engine at 2,000 rpm for 1 minute (reaching the maximum cooler line pressure of 5 bars).

10. Using DIS/GT1, observe the transmission fluid temperature. When it reaches approximately 40° C, open the filler plug again (with the engine
running), and top off the fluid level until it starts to overflow.

11. Install the filler plug and torque it to 25 +/- 3 Nm.

WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 95
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2519

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 321008 Date: 080801

Steering/Suspension - Wheel Alignment Information

SI B 32 10 08
Steering and Wheel Alignment

August 2008
Technical Service

SUBJECT
Wheel Alignment Data

MODEL
All

INFORMATION
The need to perform a wheel alignment is generally dictated by a component replacement, such as a steering gear, or to address a customer
complaint related to a vehicle's handling characteristics.

Many wheel alignment machines use a multicolored display to indicate alignment measurements, such as camber and toe. Some machines will
display a reading in a red font to indicate that an adjustment is recommended. However, a red display in and of itself does not indicate that the
vehicle falls outside of the alignment specifications. Since many of the alignment specifications include a tolerance or variation, always refer to the
alignment specifications in the Repair Manual.

Please note that brand new vehicles and vehicles which have been suspended on a lift may exhibit some deviation from nominal specifications, due
to the fact that the suspension has not fully settled.

WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only

Disclaimer

Technical Service Bulletin # 610908 Date: 080801

Instruments - CON (Controller) Fault Code A2CB

SI B 61 09 08
General Electrical Systems

August 2008
Technical Service

SUBJECT
Controller Fault Code A2CB Internal Control Module Fault

MODEL
E82, E88 (1 Series) with CCC Navigation (SA 609)

E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series) with CCC Navigation (SA 609)

E70 (X5)

E71 (X6)

Vehicles produced up to August 31, 2008

SITUATION
When performing a "Short test" of the vehicle for faults, the CON (Controller) has fault code "A2CB Internal Control Module Fault" stored.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 96
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2520

CAUSE
The fault code entry is stored in the controller when the controller detects 2 directions at the same time for longer than 150 ms.

PROCEDURE
If the fault code memory is stored without a customer complaint, check the functionality of the controller and clear the fault. Do not replace any
parts or perform any vehicle programming.

If the fault memory is stored with a customer complaint, follow the test plan recommendations as per the diagnostic software.

WARRANTY INFORMATION
For Information only

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 360108 Date: 080801

Tire Monitor System - Wheel Sensor Damage Prevention

SI B 36 01 08
Wheels and Tires

August 2008
Technical Service

SUBJECT
Tire Pressure Warning Caused by Damaged Wheel Electronics

MODEL
E82, E88 (1 Series)

E46 (3 Series) with option code 298

E90, E91 (3 Series) from 3/07

E92, E93 (3 Series)

E60, E61 (5 Series) except M5 from 3/06

E60 (M5) from 9/06

E63, E64 (6 Series) except M6 from 3/06

E63, E64 (M6) from 9/06

E65, E66 (7 Series) from 3/06

E70 (X5)

E71 (X6)

E83 (X3) from 3/06

E85, E86 (Z4) from 1/06

INFORMATION

The Tire Pressure Monitor (RDC) uses separate wheel electronics mounted at the base of each tire valve inside the wheel. Extra care must be taken
when changing tires to avoid any damage to the wheel electronics. A damaged wheel electronic can cause the Tire Warning indicator to illuminate.
The necessary precautions for mounting and dismounting tires are listed in Repair Instruction 36 12 005 "Replacing a runflat tyre or a UHP tyre".
When diagnosing complaints related to the RDC system, the tires and wheels should be inspected for damage and/or prior replacement. The last
four digits of the tire's DOT number indicate the calendar week, followed by the year in which the tire was produced. This information can be used
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 97
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2521
to determine if one or more tires have been replaced.

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Wheel electronics which are damaged from improper mounting/dismounting of the tire and/or road hazards are not covered under warranty.

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 330708 Date: 081201

Suspension - Rear Coil Spring Replacement Precautions

SI B 33 07 08
Rear Axle

December 2008
Technical Service

SUBJECT

Rear Spring Repair Procedures

MODEL

E36 (3 Series)

E46 (3 Series)

E85, E86 (Z4)

E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series)

E82, E88 (1 Series)

INFORMATION

For all repair procedures which require removal of the rear coil springs, the spring seats must be properly cleaned prior to reinstalling the springs.
Dirt, pebbles, and debris left on the spring pads can become trapped between the spring pads and the lower coil of the springs. Debris can damage
the protective coating of the springs. If the protective coating of the spring is damaged, then rust may form on the spring. Over time, rust formation
on the spring, combined with vehicle operating conditions, may cause the spring to break.

WARRANTY INFORMATION

Information only

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 280508 Date: 081001

Engine Controls - Gearbox Emergency Program Displayed

SI B28 05 08
Double-clutch Transmission with Drivelogic

October 2008
Technical Service

SUBJECT

M3 with DCT with Drivelogic - Gearbox Emergency Program with FC 5060

MODEL

E90, E92, E93 M3 with S65 and Double-clutch Transmission produced up to 09/08
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 98
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2522

SITUATION

The customer may complain that intermittently the red "Gearbox Emergency Program" indicator is displayed in the cluster or in the CC. The fault
code 5060 ("Parking lock - electrical fault at the parking lock magnet") is stored in the DCT transmission control module, in conjunction with the
CAS fault A0B1 (Input selector lever position - implausible).

CAUSE

DCT software error

SOLUTION

On a customer complaint basis only, check the vehicle's integration level.

If the integration level is E89x-08-03-540 or lower, then reprogram and/or recode the complete vehicle with a current Progman version (target
integration level is E89x-08-09-515 or higher, available since the release of Progman V31).

WARRANTY INFORMATION

Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty or the Certified Pre-Owned Program.

Disclaimer

Technical Service Bulletin # 280608 Date: 081101

Recall 08V-595 - TCM Software Update

SI B28 06 08
Double-clutch Transmission with Drivelogic

November 2008
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B28 06 08 dated October 2008.

PERFORM THE PROCEDURE OUTLINED IN THIS SERVICE INFORMATION ON ALL AFFECTED VEHICLES PRIOR TO CUSTOMER
DELIVERY OR THE NEXT TIME THEY ARE IN THE SHOP FOR MAINTENANCE OR REPAIRS.

[NEW] Under the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966, as amended, if there has been a recall campaign, dealers must assure that
all new vehicles and new items of replacement equipment are free of safety defects and comply with all applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards at the time of delivery to the consumer. This means that dealers may not deliver new motor vehicles or new items of replacement
equipment to consumers unless the safety defect or noncompliance has been remedied before delivery.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT

[NEW] Recall Campaign 08V-595: M3 with M DCT - Reprogramming for Incorrect DCT Clutch Operation

MODEL

E90, E92, E93 M3 with S65 and M DCT transmission produced up to 09/10/08

[NEW] SITUATION
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 99
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2523
Due to a M DCT software error, the customer may experience a sudden loss of engine power when decelerating to a complete stop with light brake
application in cases the software performs a multistage downshift. At the same time, the transmission will shift into neutral, and reduced power
steering assist will be detected.

In order to correct this situation, BMW is conducting a Recall Campaign to reprogram the M DCT transmission control module on all affected
vehicles. With the completion of this Recall Campaign, the software of the complete vehicle will be updated as described in SI B09 05 01 (Coding,
Individualization, Programming), Procedure B.

A copy of the customer notification letter is included.

AFFECTED VEHICLES

[NEW] The Recall Campaign involves M3 vehicles with the S65 engine and M DCT (dual clutch) transmissions, produced from series introduction
up to 09/10/08.

In order to determine whether a specific vehicle is affected by this Recall Campaign, it will be necessary to utilize the "Service Menu" of DCSnet
(Dealer Communication System) or the Key Reader. Based on the response of the system, either proceed with the corrective action or take no
further action.

The chassis number ranges listed below are only for informational purposes, and are not to be considered as the only deciding factor.

PROCEDURE

Reprogram and recode the complete vehicle using Progman V31.1 or higher (target integration level of E89x-08-09-520 or higher).

This [NEW] Recall Campaign has been assigned code number 529. After the vehicle has been checked and/or corrected, obtain a label (SD 92-352)
and:
A. Emboss your BMW center warranty number in the middle of the label (1);

B. Punch out code number 529 (2), printed on the label; and

C. Affix the label to the B-pillar as shown.

If the vehicle already has a label from a previous Service Action/Recall Campaign, affix the new label next to the old one. Do not affix one label on
top of another one, because a number from an underlying label could appear in the punched-out hole of the new label.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 100
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2524

WARRANTY INFORMATION

[NEW] The repair described in this bulletin is covered under warranty regardless of time or mileage. Reimbursement for this Recall will be via
normal claim entry, utilizing the following information:

NOTE:
In the case where Progman requires the replacement of control modules or additional programming because certain control modules failed to
program correctly, print out the Measures Plan and Status Report/Final Report as described in the Progman programming procedure (B09 05
01); attach these reports to the RO in the vehicle file. This additional work should use Defect Code 00 28 00 01 00, along with a Labor
Operation and Labor Allowance selected from KSD.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 101
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2525
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 102
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2526

ATTACHMENTS

view B280608Customer_Letter.

Disclaimer
Technical Service Bulletin # NHTSA08V595000 Date: 081030

Recall - ECM/TCM Software Update For Engine Stalling

VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S):

BMW/M3 2008-2009

MANUFACTURER: BMW of North America, LLC

MFR'S REPORT DATE: October 30, 2008

NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 08V595000

NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A

COMPONENT: Power Train: Clutch Assembly

POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 2500

SUMMARY:
BMW is recalling 2,500 M/Y 2008-2009 M3 passenger vehicles with an optional double clutch transmission. The problem involves the double
clutch gearbox. In a situation of rapid vehicle deceleration, the transmission software may perform a multistage downshift.

CONSEQUENCE:
In that situation, at low vehicle speeds, it is possible for the engine to stall increasing the risk of a crash.

REMEDY:
Dealers will reprogram the engine and transmission electronic control unit with updated software free of charge. The recall is expected to begin
during December 2008. Owners may contact BMW at 1-800-831-1117.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 103
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2527

NOTES:
Customers may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY
1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov. Technical Service Bulletin # 842007 Date: 081001

BMW Assist(R) - Upgrade To Support Bluetooth(R)

SI B 84 20 07
Communication Systems

October 2008
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B84 20 07 dated November 2007.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT

Upgrading BMW Assist to Support New Bluetooth Handsets

MODEL

E46 (3 Series) with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639) from 9/04 production (325i/iA from 10/04 production)

E53 (X5) with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639) from 10/04 production

E60, E61 (5 Series) from 9/04 to 9/07 production

E63, E64 (6 Series) from 9/04 to 9/07 production

E65, E66 (7 Series) from 3/05 to 9/07 production

E70 (X5) with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA639) to 9/07 production

E83 (X3) with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA639) from 9/04 to 9/07 production

E85, E86 (Z4) with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA639) from 10/04 to 10/07 production

E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series) with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA639) from 3/05 to 9/07 production

SITUATION

The customer requests to have the vehicle updated to support new compatible handsets. This is not a defect and must be paid for by the customer.

COMPATIBLE HANDSET INFORMATION

Visit www.bmwusa.com/bluetooth for a list of handsets that have passed BMW testing for compatibility. Note the following disclaimer on this web
site:

^ "This list is provided for reference only. The mobile phones listed here have passed compatibility tests as of the date of testing and meet or
exceed minimum standards established by BMW. The list is not a warranty for phone performance or functionality. BMW makes no
guarantees or warrantees as to the performance of each phone while connected to your BMW via Bluetooth Wireless Technology.
Furthermore, software releases by BMW, the phone supplier or the wireless carrier dated after testing might alter compatibly results. While
many phones are offered with Bluetooth Wireless Technology, not all phones support the necessary profiles to work with your BMW. BMW
does not guarantee availability or functionality with all wireless carriers. Functions such as synchronizing the address book and transferring a
call into or out of the vehicle may function differently from phone to phone".

PROCEDURE

1. Together with the customer, go to www.wireless4bmw.com.

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 104
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2528

2. Then click on "View All Currently Compatible Phones".

- NOTE: Make sure that the customer does not purchase a handset until a vehicle needs assessment has been performed. It may not be
possible to update the vehicle to be compatible with the prospective handset. This is outlined in step 4.

[NEW]

3. Review the handset choices with the customer.

4. Review the chart below to assess the vehicle requirements to determine whether the vehicle can meet the customer's handset preference.

^ [NEW] If the chart states "Update", proceed to step 5.

^ If the chart states "Replace", the TCU must be replaced

^ Refer to the "TCU REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE" section of this bulletin.

^ If "N/A" is stated in the chart, it is not possible to update the vehicle to support the customer's handset. For example, the customer has an
11/04 E83 and would like to pair it to an iPhone. The iPhone is currently only compatible with 9/06 and new production vehicles.

5. Update the complete vehicle as per SI B09 05 01 (Coding, Individualization, Programming), procedure B, using the latest version of
Progman.

6. Turn the ignition off and allow the TCU to assume sleep mode.

^ On MOST-bus vehicles, wait for the MOST-bus to enter sleep mode (approximately 4 minutes).

^ On I/K-bus vehicles, turn the ignition off for 2 minutes.

7. If the customer's new handset was previously paired to the vehicle and the vehicle did not have the TCU replaced (e.g., the customer
purchased the new handset and tried pairing it to the vehicle to see if it would work):

^ Delete the vehicle from the handset's Bluetooth device list. Refer to the handset owner's manual for more details.

^ Delete the handset from the vehicle's Bluetooth device list.

8. Pair the customer's new handset to the vehicle.

9. Allow the phone book to complete downloading.

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 105
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2529

10. Test the system for proper operation by placing a phone call via the vehicle controls (e.g., iDrive, radio, etc.).

TCU REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE

1. It is NOT necessary to obtain a Part Replacement Authorization (TeileClearing) as this is NOT a warranty issue. All costs are the customer's
responsibility.

2. Refer to TIS (RA 84 11...) for the TCU replacement procedure.

3. Before installing the new TCU, remove one copy of the Electronic Serial Number (ESN) label and place it on the repair order for reference.

4. The second ESN label of the TCU should be affixed over the existing label in the Owner's Manual insert (P/N 01 49 0 157 963).

5. Complete the TCU installation.

6. Using Progman V27.02.00 or higher, program the complete vehicle. Refer to SI B09 05 01 "Coding, Individualization and Programming",
Procedure A.

7. On E60, E61, E63, E64, E65 (from 3/05), E66 (from 3/05), E70, E90, E91, E92, and E93 vehicles: Initialize BMW Assist, following the
procedure as outlined in the "INITIALIZATION OF BMW ASSIST SERVICES" section of this bulletin.

8. Test BMW Assist by following the procedure outlined in the "TEST OF BMW ASSIST SERVICES" section of this bulletin.

INITIALIZATION OF BMW ASSIST SERVICES ON E60, E61, E63, E64, E65 (FROM 3/05), E66 (FROM 3/05), E70, E90, E91, E92
AND E93 VEHICLES

1. The BMW Assist services initialization procedure must be completed per SI B84 15 03 for all vehicles.

The vehicle must be in the Verizon Wireless Network for the initialization procedure to work properly. If the vehicle is not in the Verizon Wireless
Network, perform the outlined procedure and then follow these additional steps:

^ Create a PuMA case to receive TCU shipping authorization.

^ Remove the TCU from the vehicle.

^ Send the TCU, BMW Assist TCU Reactivation Form with the new MIN/MDN numbers, and a copy PuMA case via FedEx to:

[NEW] BMW of North America, LLC

Attn: TCU Teileclearing (TCU Reactivation B84 20 07)

150 Chestnut Ridge Road

Woodcliff Lake, NJ 07677-7731

^ BMW of North America will initialize the TCU and ship it out on the business day on which it was received.

^ After receiving the TCU from BMW of North America, reinstall the TCU and place a BMW Assist call as outlined in the "TEST OF BMW
ASSIST SERVICES" section of this bulletin.

^ All shipping charges (both ways) are to be billed to the dealer's FedEx account. On the warranty claim, submit the FedEx shipping charges
(double the amount provided to you by Teileclearing to cover shipment both ways) in the sublet section (using sublet code 4).

2. Test BMW Assist, following the procedure outlined in the "TEST OF BMW ASSIST SERVICES" section of this bulletin.

TEST OF BMW ASSIST SERVICES

Test the BMW Assist service for proper operation by placing a test call (press the Roadside Assistance "wrench" button). Make sure the BMW
Assist Response Center has received the correct MIN/MDN/VIN and location of the vehicle. Have the representative update his or her records as
needed.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 106
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2530

^ If a TCU is replaced on a vehicle with an inactive BMW Assist account and a BMW Assist call is made, the call will be routed to an
automated system until the TCU is deactivated.

^ For customers who would like to renew their BMW Assist services, refer to SI B84 22 05 (Reactivation of BMW Assist Services).

If the connection is established but voice communication is not established, call BMW Assist Customer Care immediately, option 4, to cancel the
dispatch. Failing to call will result in local emergency services being dispatched to your location.

PARTS INFORMATION

Do NOT look up the new TCU part number using the VIN. Look up the part number via the updated handset use application, e.g., the vehicle is a
4/05 E60 and the customer wants to use a handset that is approved for vehicles from 3/07 production. TCU part number 84 10 9 149 614 should be
installed in the vehicle.

WARRANTY INFORMATION

This is NOT a warranty issue. All costs are the customer's responsibility.

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 341008 Date: 081101

Brakes - Rattle Noise From The Front Wheel Area

SI B 34 10 08
Brakes

November 2008
Technical Service

SUBJECT

Rattle Noise from Front Wheel Area

MODEL

E90, E92, E93 (M3) with option code 2MD-M Driver produced up to 6/12/08

SITUATION

The customer may report a clicking noise or metallic-type rattle, which comes from the front wheel area while driving over bumps and/or rough
road surfaces.

CAUSE

Extended periods of high speed driving, combined with high air turbulence, may cause excessive movement of the brake dust backing plates. This
excessive movement may result in the formation of small cracks in the area of the lowering mounting bolt of the brake dust backing plates.

CORRECTION
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 107
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2531

In the event of a customer complaint, inspect the backing plates (2) at both front swivel bearings for the presence of cracks at the lower mounting
point.

If either of the backing plates is cracked, both backing plates must be replaced.

Please note: the original equipment backing plates are silver in color, and the improved backing plates will be black.

Refer to Repair Instruction RA 34 11 250 "Removing and installing/ replacing a brake carrier/ brake guard plate at front".

PARTS INFORMATION

WARRANTY INFORMATION

Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Disclaimer

Technical Service Bulletin # 652706 Date: 081101

CCC(R) - Does Not Play All MP3 Formats

SI B65 27 06
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS

November 2008
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B65 27 06 dated October 2006.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 108
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2532

SUBJECT

CCC Does Not Play All MP3 Formats

MODEL

NEW E82, E88 (1 Series) with CCC-Navigation SA 609

E90, E91, E92, NEW E93 (3 Series) with CCC-Navigation SA 609

E60, E61 (5 Series) with CCC-Navigation SA 609

E63, E64 (6 Series)

NEW E70 (X5) with CCC-Navigation SA 609

NEW E71 (X6) with CCC-Navigation SA 609

SITUATION

Not all MP3 (MPEG-1 Audio Layer 3) CDs can be played in the CCC (Car Communication Computer) CD player.

CAUSE

^ Not all CD audio formats are supported.

^ Errors caused by CD burners or burning software.

^ Errors on the disc itself.

PROCEDURE

Refer to SI B65 30 05 for a listing of which vehicles are MP3-compatible.

Obtain a known good MP3 disc and verify that the disc works properly in the customer's vehicle.

If the test MP3 disc works properly, check the following points.

The CCC supports the following CD audio formats:

^ CD-DA (digital audio) including text (only with a sampling rate of 44.1 kHz)

^ CD-ROM (for playing compressed audio formats such as MP3, etc.)

^ Enhanced music CD

^ Mixed mode CD (where data tracks are ignored by the drive).

The CCC does not support the following CD audio formats:

^ MP3Pro

^ Variable bit rates

^ CD-MRWs (Mt. Rainer CD-RWs)

^ Super Audio layer on SACD (Super Audio CD)

^ WMA (Windows Media Audio)

If the formatting of the audio CD is correct, the errors may have been created during the burning of the CD or on the disc itself.

Parts should not be replaced if the incorrect formats are used.

WARRANTY INFORMATION

For information only

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 109
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2533

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 122808 Date: 081201

Engine Controls - Engine Rough Idle During Warm Up

SI B 12 28 08
Engine Electrical Systems

December 2008
Technical Service

SUBJECT

S65 / S85 Rough Running During the Catalyst Heating Phase

MODEL

E90, E92, E93 M3 with the S65 engine

E60 M5, E63, E64 M6 with the S85 engine

SITUATION

These engines may exhibit rough running characteristics during a warm-up period after they are first started. Once the engine is at operating
temperature, the running quality is normal.

INFORMATION

To meet mandated emission requirements, the engine must operate on a leaner air/fuel mixture during catalyst heating.

This strategy is necessary in order to bring the catalysts up to operating temperature quickly. This catalyst heating phase lasts for approximately
30-40 seconds following a cold engine start.

If the rough running is only present when the engine is cold (warm-up phase) and no faults have been stored in the DME control unit, the customer
should be informed about the particular design of M-type engines.

This characteristic of "lean operation in the catalytic converter heating phase" is described in the Owner's Manual under the section "Driving hints",
and should be used to answer any questions in the event of a customer complaint.

If error codes have been stored in the DME control unit, they must be worked through according to the test module/test plan.

WARRANTY

Information only.

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 512808 Date: 080901

Body - Door Mirrors Won't Fold With Convenient Closure

SI B 51 28 08
Body Equipment

September 2008
Technical Service

SUBJECT

Door Mirrors Do Not Fold When Using "Convenient Closure"

MODEL

E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series) with option 430 (Auto-dimming mirrors)
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 110
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2534

SITUATION

When using "convenient closure" to close the windows and sunroof, the door mirrors do not fold in.

The fold-in mirrors actuate normally when using the push button on the mirror adjustment switch.

CAUSE

The fold-in feature when using "convenient closure" was discontinued from August 31, 2006.

INFORMATION

At the customer's expense, the fold-in feature when using "convenient closure" may be activated. Using Progman, select "Conversions" / "Activate
folding mirrors".

WARRANTY INFORMATION

Information only; this conversion is not covered by the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 280408 Date: 081101

A/T - M Double Clutch Transmission Replacement

SI B28 04 08
Double-Clutch Transmission with Drivelogic

November 2008
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B24 08 06 dated July 2008.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT

M Double-Clutch Transmission with Drivelogic Transmission Replacement Procedure

MODEL

E90, E92, E93 M3 with S65 and M DCT transmission

SITUATION

The current version of BMW TIS does not contain the M DCT (GS7D36SG) transmission removal (replacement) procedure.

Use the following procedure when M DCT transmission replacement is required.

IMPORTANT:
The M Double-Clutch Transmission (DCT) requires a special lubricant/hydraulic fluid: DCTF-1 Pentosin (P/N 83 22 2 147 477). This fluid is
specific to the double-clutch transmission and should not be substituted with any other product.

Substituting the DCTF-1 Pentosin in M Double-Clutch Transmission (GS7D36SG) may cause a significant damage to the internal clutches of the
transmission assembly, requiring replacement of the complete gearbox, transmission oil cooler, and cooler lines.

The BMW DCTF-1 Pentosin fluid does not require regular service. It is an extended-life type of fluid and should not be replaced. Currently the
fluid is in extremely short supply, and can be obtained only after a PuMA case is submitted to the TeileClearing (Enhanced Technical Support).
Refer to SI B28 02 08 (May 2008) for more information related to M DCT TeileClearing.

1. The vehicle needs to be placed and secured on the appropriate workshop lift. Disconnect the battery; remove the underbody transmission
cover, front reinforcement plate, complete exhaust system and drive shaft.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 111
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2535

NEW 2. Remove the M5 screw (1) from the hydraulic lines bracket.
3. Disconnect the connectors (2) for the crankshaft and oil level/quality sensors.

4. Remove the wiring harness for the oxygen sensors (3) from its mounting plate.

5. Remove three T30 screws (1) and the oxygen sensors support bracket (2).

[NEW]

6. Remove four M10 bolts (1), using the E12 socket.

NOTE:
When reinstalling, torque them to 38 Nm.

7. Remove the M5 screw (2), and remove the speed sensor connector (3).

[NEW]
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 112
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2536

8. At the rear right side of the transmission, locate the parking lock assembly cable.

9. Remove the Torx screw Allen 5 mm (1), and pull the parking lock cable (2) away from the parking lever.

[NEW]

10. Locate the oil cooler thermostat at the upper left (driver) side of the transmission.

11. Remove the M8 screw (1), using the E10 socket at the oil cooler thermostat.

12. Carefully disconnect the cooler lines (2), collecting all spilled DCTF-1 transmission fluid.

NOTE:
When reinstalling the cooler lines, the two o-rings between the lines and cooler thermostat need to be replaced. Use P/N 17 21 1 742 636.

13. Use the appropriate transmission stand to support the DCT transmission during removal. BMW recommends the Universal Transmission
Stand, P/N 83 30 0 490 133 (Cartool P/N 00 2 030), with the adapter P/N 83 30 0 495 498 (Cartool P/N 23 4 050).
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 113
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2537

14. Install the special tool P/N 83 30 0 496 269 (Cartool P/N 11 9 990) to prevent excessive engine tilt when the transmission is removed.
15. Position the tool's bracket at the right (passenger) side of the front cross member, and secure it with the bolt (1).

16. The other bolt (2) should be adjusted to the length of A=50 mm, measured between the bracket's surface and the plastic tip (end). The plastic
end of the screw (2) should be touching the housing of the belt tensioner when installed correctly.

Clearance between the top of the front cross member support and the base of the belt tensioner should be A=50 mm (proper adjustment for
special tool P/N 0 496 269).

17. Remove the transmission's rear bracket support.

18. Remove the M10 bolt (1) and the oil cooler's thermostat (2).
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 114
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2538

19. Carefully lower the transmission until the M10 bolts at the upper part of the bell housing are accessible.

20. Remove six M10 bolts (1), using the E13 socket.

21. Remove two longer M10 bolts (2).

NOTE:
When reinstalling, torque the M10 bolts to 38 Nm.

22. When sufficient clearance is obtained at the top of the transmission, disconnect the Mechatronic harness connector (1) by first turning it
counter-clockwise and then pulling it out.

NOTE:
Make sure not to stretch the Mechatronic harness during the gearbox removal, which may loosen the female pins in the harness
connector.

23. Remove both screws (1) securing the oil cooler.

24. Carefully slide the oil cooler out of the guide bracket (2).

NOTE:
Do not rotate the oil cooler when removing it from its bracket. The plastic guides may be damaged.

WARRANTY INFORMATION
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 115
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2539

For information only

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 640508 Date: 081001

A/C - Control Assembly Damage Information

SI B 64 05 08
Heating and Air Conditioning

October 2008
Technical Service

SUBJECT

Damage to the Air Conditioning Control Panel

MODEL

ALL

INFORMATION

For occupant safety in the event of a crash, the operating elements must, by law, give a visual indication of a specific level of force. This force is
sufficiently high that damage will not occur under normal operation. If this force is exceeded as a result of external factors, and damage is thereby
caused to the Air Conditioning Control Panel, this damage is graded as being caused by the use of excessive force.

Typical examples of damage caused by excessive force are, for example, where the temperature controller/rotary controls and buttons on the air
conditioning control panel have been pushed in or have impact, scratch or pressure marks. In other cases, the rotary controls and buttons are stiff;
they make noise when turned and their function is limited.

In order to be able to identify these cases of damage caused by the use of excessive force, pictures are attached with examples of such cases.

Example illustrations

Picture 1: Damage to the surface and buttons by excessive force

Picture 2: Button pushed in too far

Picture 3: Scratched panel surface

If the Air Conditioning Control Panel has clearly been damaged due to the use of excessive force, the replacement part cost cannot be claimed
under Warranty.

WARRANTY INFORMATION

Control panels which have physical damage are not covered under Warranty.

ATTACHMENTS
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 116
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2540

view B640508Picture_1.

view B640508Picture_2.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 117
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2541

view B640508Picture_3.

Disclaimer

Technical Service Bulletin # 652008 Date: 081001

Audio System Radio Interference/Variable Reception

SI B 65 20 08
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS

October 2008
Technical Service

SUBJECT

Interference Noises and/or Reception Varies in Certain Areas

MODEL

E90, E91, E92, E93 *(3 Series)

E82, E88 *(1 Series)

*with option 609 (Navigation System)

Vehicles produced from September 2008

SITUATION

The radio integrated in the Car Information Computer (CIC) can have interference noises and/or the reception varies in certain areas.

CAUSE

The CIC is not coded correctly. The HD-Radio function is erroneously activated, but the HD-Radio symbol is not shown in the radio menu. As a
result, the HD-Radio function cannot be deactivated.

INFORMATION

Do not replace parts. Please explain the cause of the problem to the customer. This Service Information will be updated as soon as an improvement
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 118
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2542
is available.

WARRANTY INFORMATION

Information only

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 652408 Date: 081201

Audio System - Intermittently Inoperative

SI B65 24 08
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS

December 2008
Technical Service

SUBJECT

Audio System Is Intermittently Inoperative

MODEL

E90 *(M3 Sedan)

E92 *(M3 Coupe)

E93 *(M3 Convertible)

E60 *(M5 Sedan)

*with option 752 (INDIVIDUAL AUDIO SYSTEM)

Vehicles produced up to March 2008

SITUATION

Intermittently, the audio system is inoperative.

CAUSE

The amplifier for the M Individual Audio System overheats and turns off. The affected amplifiers are not equipped with a cooling fan.

CORRECTION

Install an improved amplifier (including a cooling fan) for the M Individual Audio System.

PARTS INFORMATION

WARRANTY INFORMATION
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 119
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2543

Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Disclaimer

Technical Service Bulletin # 640208 Date: 090401

A/C - Whistling Noises At Speeds Over 50 MPH

SI B 64 02 08
Heating and Air Conditioning

April 2009
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B64 02 08 dated June 2008.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
Whistling from the Heating/Air Conditioning Unit at Speeds over 50 MPH

MODEL
E82, E88 (1 Series)

E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series)

Vehicles produced from March 4, 2008 to March 18, 2008

Only vehicles with Valeo heating/air conditioning units installed are affected. Approximately 70% of these vehicles are equipped with heating/air
conditioning units provided by Valeo.

SITUATION
In vehicles with the Valeo heating/air conditioning unit in recirculated air mode, a whistling noise can be heard coming from the dash air outlets at
speeds over 50 MPH.

CAUSE
The gear drive mechanism of the recirculated air flap is defective.

PROCEDURE

1. Check the supplier of the heating/air conditioning unit by accessing the flap through the engine compartment microfilter housing. Follow the
instructions, as outlined in the attachment to this service information, on how to identify the affected Valeo units and how to replace the
recirculated air gear.

2. Heating/air conditioning units manufactured by Denso are not affected.

PARTS INFORMATION
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 120
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2544

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

ATTACHMENTS
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 121
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2545
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 122
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2546
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 123
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2547
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 124
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2548
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 125
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2549
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 126
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2550

view PDF attachment B640208Procedure.

Disclaimer

Technical Service Bulletin # 320408 Date: 090101

Steering - Warning Lamp ON/Code 6149 Stored

SI B 32 04 08
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 127
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2551
Steering and Wheel Alignment

January 2009
Technical Service

SUBJECT
Active Steering (AL) Warning Lamp Illuminated, Fault Code 6149 Stored

MODEL
E60 (5 Series) with Active Steering (SA 214) produced from 3/07 to 3/08

E63 (6 Series) with Active Steering (SA 214) produced from 9/07 to 3/08

E64 (6 Series) with Active Steering (SA 214) produced from 9/07 to 3/08

E70 (X5) with Active Steering (SA 214) up to 3/08

E82, E88 (1 Series) with Active Steering (SA 214) produced up to 3/08

E90, E92, E93 (3 Series) with Active Steering (SA 214) produced from 9/07 to 3/08

SITUATION
The customer may report that the Active Steering warning lamp had illuminated immediately after starting the engine. However, after cycling the
ignition, the active steering operates normally with no warning indicator.

CAUSE
A momentary voltage drop during engine start can cause fault code 6149 "Combined position, speed monitoring" to be stored in the Active Steering
Control Module. If this fault was stored the result would be the illumination of the warning lamp for the Active Steering.

PROCEDURE
If other control modules have power supply faults, perform all recommended Test Plans. When diagnosing the Active Steering (AL), perform the
Test Plan for fault code 6149 first as this may be the root cause of other voltage related fault codes.

WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only

Disclaimer

Technical Service Bulletin # 610509 Date: 090401

Electrical - Increased Battery Drain Message Displayed

SI B61 05 09
General Electrical Systems

April 2009
Technical Service

SUBJECT
CC Message "Vehicle Battery! Increased Battery Discharge" After Vehicle Is Stationary

MODEL
E82, E88 (1 Series)

E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series)

E60, E61 (5 Series)

E63, E64 (6 Series)

E65, E66 (7 Series)

E70 (X5)

E71 (X6)
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 128
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2552

SITUATION
If the vehicle has been switched off for a lengthy period of time (longer than 68 minutes), the following Check Control message appears the next
time the ignition or the engine is switched on: "Vehicle Battery! Increased Battery Discharge when engine off". At the same time, the yellow lifting
symbol in the instrument cluster lights up.

The "Energy Diagnosis" test plan shows entries regarding increased off-load current (closed circuit current violation).

CAUSE
Retrofitted electrical after-market equipment (e.g., hands-free systems, navigation systems, GPS or entertainment systems) may have been
incorrectly connected to Terminal 30, Terminal 30g-f or directly to the battery.

Among other variables, the intelligent battery sensor (IBS) regularly monitors the battery's discharge current while the vehicle is off. The measures
values are transmitted to the DME/DDE through the bitserial
data interface (BSD).

If the measured off-load current exceeds a value of 80 mA once Terminal R is switched on after 68 minutes (E70 and E71 vehicles produced from
9/08: 120 mA after 28 hours), the engine management system outputs the CC message "Vehicle Battery! Increased Battery Discharge" the next time
Terminal 15 is switched on. This happens regardless of the battery state of charge.

PROCEDURE
Only install equipment or accessories which have been approved by BMW. Equipment or accessories must strictly only be connected to Terminal
15 or Terminal 30g, unless otherwise specified in the installation instructions of the BMW retrofit kit.

In the event of the situation described above, check the vehicle for non-approved installations and ask the customer whether components have been
retrofitted.

1. Complete the Energy Diagnosis test plan. Read out the check control history memory and look for number 220 (Vehicle Battery! Increased
Battery Discharge). Check Control messages can be read out via the following path: Service function>Vehicle information>Check control
messages.

2. Locate the circuit that is responsible for the increased closed circuit current. Refer to SI B61 08 00 for further troubleshooting hints.

3. Visually check for any hardwired connections to easily accessible points (battery, seat connector, rear seat entertainment stem, etc.)

4. Determine the distribution box that is responsible (front, rear, jump-start connection point, etc.). Once the distribution box has been located,
determine the cause by removing fuses while monitoring the closed circuit current. Once the circuit has been identified, also check whether non
BMW parts have been connected to the circuit.

5. If non BMW parts have been retrofitted, explain the possible effects on the vehicle electrical system to the customer (increased battery
discharge, breakdown, failure of electrical systems, etc.)

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Warranty claims will be rejected in the case of any work that needs to be carried out on the vehicle as a result of non BMW approved equipment or
installation.

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 330102 Date: 090101

Drivetrain - Differential Grinding On Low Speed Turns

SI B33 01 02
Rear Axle

January 2009
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B33 01 02 dated March 2008.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
Grinding Noise from the Differential during Slow Cornering

MODEL
E46 M3 from start of production
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 129
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2553

E60 M5 from start of production

E63, E64 M6 from start of production

E90, E92 and E93 M3 from start of production

[NEW] E85, E86 with S54 from start of production

SITUATION
A grinding noise may be heard coming from the differential during slow cornering. This noise is best heard during tight cornering situations; for
example, while parallel parking, driving in a tight circle, etc.

CAUSE
When the rear wheel speed differential varies during tight cornering, a slip stick effect is created on the lining and steel discs incorporated in the
differential locking clutch, causing the grinding noise. This noise typically goes away as the locking clutch discs in the differential are broken in.
The break-in time varies depending on driving habits; for example, tighter cornering (working the locking clutch) means that it takes less time to
break in the locking clutch discs.

CORRECTION
If a customer complaint is verified as described above on the E46 M3; E60 M5; E63 and E64 M6; or on the E90, E92 and E93 M3 vehicles, the
differential oil should be replaced with a specially formulated differential oil, BMW part number 83 22 2 282 583.

PROCEDURE

1. Drain the differential oil. Refer to the appropriate model repair instruction in TIS:

Main Group 33 / Subgroup 10 / RA 0011259.

2. Refill the differential with special differential oil as shown in the illustration.

Differential fill capacity = 1.2 liters (1.3 quarts).

3. Road test the vehicle.

With the vehicle at operating temperature, drive in tight circles (20 circles in each direction), allowing the special oil to coat the locking clutch
discs.

The grinding noise will decrease when the locking clutch discs are sufficiently coated. Some slight noises may still be heard after driving in tight
circles. Advise the customer that it will be necessary to drive the vehicle up to 600 miles before all noises are eliminated.

Note:
Vehicles that have had the differential oil converted to this special oil should continue to use this oil whenever a service requiring the
differential oil replacement is indicated.

PARTS INFORMATION

WARRANTY INFORMATION
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 130
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2554

Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Disclaimer

Technical Service Bulletin # 841108 Date: 090101

BMW Assist(R) - Inoperative In Certain Areas

SI B 84 11 08
Communication Systems

January 2009
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B84 11 08 dated October 2008.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
BMW Assist Inoperative in Certain Areas or After Starting Vehicle

MODEL
E82, E88 (1 Series)

E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series)

E60, E61 (5 Series)

E63, E64 (6 Series)

E70 (X5)

E71 (X6)

All vehicles with ZPP (Premium Package) or SA 639 (BMW Assist) produced from March 2008 until October 30, 2008, with an integration level
lower than 08-09-530

[NEW] SITUATION

^ BMW Assist does not operate in certain areas. Once the vehicle is moved to a different area, BMW Assist operates normally.

^ After starting the vehicle, BMW Assist does not work for approximately 1 minute. A Check Control message in the CID (Central Information
Display) indicates that there is no GSM network coverage.

CAUSE
TCU (Telematics Control Unit) software error

[NEW] PROCEDURE
On a customer complaint basis only, program the vehicle using Progman V31.2 or higher as per SI B09 05 01, Procedure B, or using ISTA/P 2.32.1
or higher. For information on programming and coding with ISTA/P, refer to CenterNet Aftersales Portal Service Workshop Technology Vehicle
Programming.

WARRANTY INFORMATION
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 131
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2555

Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Disclaimer

Technical Service Bulletin # 650608 Date: 090201

Audio System - Audio Volume Is Briefly Muted Or Reduced

SI B65 06 08
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS

February 2009
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B65 06 08 dated October 2008.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
RAD2: The Audio Volume Is Briefly Muted or Reduced

MODEL
E90, E91, E92, E93 *(3 Series)

E82, E88 *(1 Series)

*with option 663 (Radio BMW Professional)

Vehicles produced from September 2007 to September 2008

SITUATION
After the vehicle is parked for a couple of hours or overnight (deep sleep mode), the following scenario can occur intermittently, either in AM, FM
or CD mode.

Approximately 30 to 90 seconds after the radio begins to play, the audio is either muted or reduced to a low volume for about 1 second. The audio
returns to the previous set volume for 2 seconds, and then the audio is once again either muted or reduced to a low volume for 1 second. Thereafter,
the radio plays normally with the previously set audio volume.

CAUSE
Software error in the RAD2 (Radio2 from SIEMENS): the issue only affects vehicles without a MOSTbus. The momentary muting occurs during
the pre-start check, as the RAD2 attempts a MOST-bus check.

CORRECTION
In the case of a customer complaint, perform diagnosis using BMW diagnostic equipment. Follow any related test plan. Code the vehicle with the
most recent Progman version (target data status E89X-08-09-515 or later). Refer to SI B09 05 01 (Coding, Individualization and Programming),
Procedure E.

Note that Progman will automatically reprogram all programmable control modules that do not have the latest software.

[NEW] WARRANTY INFORMATION

Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 132
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2556

Disclaimer
Technical Service Bulletin # 840209 Date: 090201

Cell Phone - Incomplete Contact List Available

SI B 84 02 09
Communication Systems

February 2009
Technical Service

SUBJECT
Telephone - Incomplete Contact List Available in Vehicle

MODEL
E82, E88 (1 Series)

E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series)

E60, E61 (5 Series)

E63, E64 (6 Series)

E70 (X5)

E71 (X6)

Vehicles equipped with ZPP (Premium Package) or SA 639 (BMW Assist)

SITUATION
A maximum of 1000 telephone contact entries are available in the vehicle after pairing a compatible Bluetooth handset. This includes multiple
telephone numbers for one contact name.

CAUSE
TCU application

PROCEDURE
Diagnose and correct any faults in the telephone system.

Future programming software (expected 4th quarter 2009) for the TCU (Telematics Control Unit) will increase the maximum contacts in the
vehicle to 1500.

Once the software is available, this Service Information bulletin will be updated.

WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only

Technical Service Bulletin # 653008 Date: 090201

Restraints - Air Bag Lamp ON/Multiple Codes Set

SI B 65 30 08
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS

February 2009
Technical Service

SUBJECT
Airbag Warning Lamp is illuminated: FCs 93A9, 93AA, 93AC, 93AD

MODEL
E82, E88 (1 Series)

E90, E92, E93 (3 Series)

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 133
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2557

Vehicles produced March 31, 2008 to July 30, 2008

SITUATION
The Airbag Warning Lamp is illuminated and one or more of the following fault codes are stored:

93A9: Driver's seat belt tensioner - Resistance too high

93AA: Passenger's seat belt tensioner - Resistance too high

93AC: Side airbag, front left - Resistance too high

93AD: Side airbag, front right - Resistance too high

CAUSE
Bad wiring crimp at the under-seat plug connector

CORRECTION
In the case of a customer complaint, perform a wiring repair on the under-seat connector on both the driver's and passenger's side.

PROCEDURE
Follow airbag safety instructions RA 72 00 ...

1. Unlock and disconnect plug connectors (1) and (2) under the seat.

2. Cut the cable tie (1) and remove the connector housing (2).

Note:
Be sure to replace the cable tie when the repair operation is completed.

3. Remove the fabric tape (1) and push back the protective sleeve.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 134
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2558

4. Using the airbag repair cable, select the end with the green rubber seals (1)

5. Cut each twisted wire pair to length A = 11cm.

6. Remove the wires (1) and (2) from the connector locations 18 and 19 (twisted pair wires). (Pin 19 is shown already removed.)

7. Cut the wires at a point B = 11 cm from the end of the terminals.

8. Strip 3mm of insulation from each of the wire ends, then connect each of the cut wires of the existing harness (1) to the wires from the airbag
repair cable (2) using a butt connector (3), and then seal the splice with heat shrink (4).

Double crimp (wire crimp and insulation crimp) each wire to the butt connector using the universal crimping die P/N 61 4 328 (refer to SI B04 32
06).

Note:
As each splice is completed, for ease of reassembly, mark the repair cable wire to identify its connector location.

9. With the heat shrink positioned over the butt connector, use a heat gun to seal the splice.

IMPORTANT:
Use caution; do not burn the shrink tubing or the harness insulation.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 135
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2559

10. Reinstall the wires into their correct locations in the plug connector; if possible, maintain the wires as twisted pairs. For reference, use the chart
shown:

11. Remove the wires (1) and (2) from the connector locations 16 and 17 (twisted pair wires). (Pin 17 is shown already removed.)

12. Cut the wires at a point B = 11 cm from the end of the terminals.

13. Repeat steps 8-10.

14. Retape the harness, using fabric tape. Pull the protective sleeve back into position and tape the end for a neat repair.

15. Reinstall the connector housing and retain the harness with the cable tie (see step 2).

16. Repeat the repair procedure for the seat harness on the other side of the vehicle.

PARTS INFORMATION

WARRANTY INFORMATION
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 136
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2560

Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty or the Certified Pre-Owned program.

Disclaimer

Technical Service Bulletin # 242107 Date: 090101

A/T Controls - Code CDB4 Stored In DME

SI B24 21 07
Automatic Transmission

January 2009
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B24 21 07 dated October 2007.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
Diagnosis - DME Fault CDB4: No Message (transmission data 3, 3B1)

MODEL
E90, E91, E92, E93 with the GM6 - 6L45R transmission produced up to 3/30/2007

SITUATION
The fault code CDB4: no message (transmission data 3, 3B1) is stored in the DME. This fault cannot be cleared and does not cause any
transmission problem, only the fault entry in the DME.

CAUSE
This EGS CAN message was no longer valid in EGS software from 4/2007 (Progman V25.0); however, the DME had learned and monitored this
message previously. If the transmission is now reprogrammed with later software, the DME sets this fault because it still expects this CAN message
to be sent.

CORRECTION
Clear the DME learned variants, using the test module found under the Service Function path:

Service Functions / Drive / Motor Electronics / Adjustment programs / Clear adaptive values
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 137
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2561

This brings up test module B1214_NG6AWZS - continue and follow the screen prompts.

[NEW] Select menu option (1) - Reset adaptation values and variants (coding).

The DME fault entry may now be cleared.

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Information only

Disclaimer
Technical Service Bulletin # 120409 Date: 090201

Engine Controls - MIL ON/Code 2AFD Diagnostics

SI B 12 04 09
Engine Electrical Systems

February 2009
Technical Service

SUBJECT
M3 S65 - Diagnosis for DME Fault Code 2AFD

MODEL
E90, E92, E93 (M3) with S65

SITUATION
The Service Engine Soon lamp is illuminated and fault code 2AFD (Relative time plausibility, time signal implausible, currently not present) is
stored in the MSS60 DME control module.

CAUSE
Error in the diagnostic software of the DME control module, causing an incorrect evaluation of the difference between the engine oil temperature
and the coolant temperature under cold weather conditions

The situation may be reproduced only at low ambient temperatures (below 0° C). After the warmed engine is turned off, the customer activates the
IHKA "REST" function (Residual heat mode) for 10-15 minutes, and then turns the engine on again.

CORRECTION
At present, clear the DME fault memory and release the vehicle to the customer. Do not replace any components (e.g., DME) for this type of
complaint.

Inform the customer that DME fault code 2AFD does not affect emissions or the drivability of the vehicle. Also, advise that prolonged use of the
"REST" heat feature may cause the Service Engine Soon lamp to be illuminated.

The improved DME software is planned for release in September 2009.

WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only

Disclaimer
Technical Service Bulletin # 280109 Date: 090301

A/T - M DCT Warning Lamp ON/Codes 5A87/5A81

SI B28 01 09
Double-clutch Transmission with Drivelogic

March 2009
Technical Service
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 138
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2562

SUBJECT
M3 with M DCT Gearbox Warning Lamp with FC 5A87/5A81

MODEL
E90, E92, E93 M3 with S65 and M DCT transmission produced up to 03/09

SITUATION
The customer may complain that intermittently the red "Gearbox Emergency Program" indicator is displayed in the cluster or in the CC. The fault
codes 5A87 ("Internal Transmission EEPROM data") or 5A81 ("5V Internal voltage failure") are stored in the DCT transmission control module.

The vehicle's drivability is not affected by this condition.

CAUSE
Erroneous faults caused by the diagnostic software error in the DCT transmission control module

SOLUTION
In case fault codes 5A87/5A81 are stored, clear the DCT fault memory and allow the vehicle to enter sleep mode. Stored fault codes should be
erased. Release the vehicle to the customer.

In the unlikely event that the fault codes and the transmission warning lamp return after performing the above procedure, contact Getrag
TeileClearing via the PuMA case titled "M3 M DCT FC 5A87/5A81".

The improved DCT software, which eliminates erroneous faults 5A87/5A81, is planned for release in March 2009 (ISTA/P 2.33.0).

WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only

Disclaimer
Technical Service Bulletin # 610109 Date: 090301

Wipers/Washers - Windshield Washer Malfunctions

SI B61 01 09
General Electrical Systems

March 2009
Technical Service

SUBJECT
Windshield Washer Malfunction

MODEL
All models

SITUATION
The windshield washer jets spray a very low volume of fluid, or no fluid at all. In many cases, the strainer, located on the windshield washer fluid
pump, has become clogged by debris or an algae-like substance.

CAUSE
A buildup of debris or the presence of an algae-like substance on the strainer

^ The buildup of debris is typically caused by particles remaining in the system from manufacturing, and primarily occurs on low-mileage
vehicles.

^ The algae-like substance is typically caused by using non-approved washer fluid or straight water in the washer fluid reservoir.

PROCEDURE

1. Remove the washer fluid pump per Repair Instruction REP 61 71 100.

2. When the pump is removed, most of the existing washer fluid in the reservoir should be drained and properly discarded.

3. Replace the strainer, which is installed on the end of the pump. The updated strainer has a larger mesh to avoid future occurrences.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 139
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2563

4. Do not replace the washer pump, provided that it is still functioning properly.

5. Refill the washer fluid reservoir with BMW washer fluid at the specified concentration.

PARTS INFORMATION

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Disclaimer

Technical Service Bulletin # 513508 Date: 090101

Body - Windshield Damage Analysis

SI B51 35 08
Body Equipment

January 2009
Technical Service

SUBJECT
Cracked or Damaged Windshields

MODEL
All models

SITUATION
The windshield may become cracked or damaged for a variety of reasons. While the windshield requires repair or replacement, it is important to
take note of the following guidelines regarding what types of damage may or may not be covered by the BMW New Vehicle Warranty.

CAUSE
Windshield damage is typically caused by one of the following:

1. Outside influence typically stone chips in nearly all cases

2. Excessive force applied such as levering out the A-pillar trim

3. Stress crack due to heavy torsional loads on the vehicle's body or an incorrectly-fitted windshield (least common cause)
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 140
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2564

PROCEDURE

When evaluating a cracked or damaged windshield to determine whether it is eligible to be claimed under warranty, it is necessary to determine the
root cause of the damage. Reviewing the following possible causes will help to determine the root cause.

Outside Influence

^ An outside influence is responsible for the damage if:

1. One or more chips are present on the outside of the glass along the crack;

2. A crack started from anywhere other than an outside edge.

^ Run a non-permanent felt tip pen or small marker over the length of the damaged area. Even very minor surface damage will be felt.

^ Often when a small stone chip occurs, the subsequent crack takes time to develop, as the vehicle is subject to normal torsional loads or
temperature fluctuations.

^ Any damage due to an outside influence will not be covered under warranty.

Excessive force

^ A windshield may become damaged due to excessive force being applied while performing other repairs, such as levering out the A-pillar trim
or removing a rear view mirror.

^ If the windshield is damaged as a result of excessive force being applied, warranty consideration will not be given.

Stress crack

^ Under very isolated circumstances, a stress crack may form due to a combination of glass position and heavy torsional loads on the body of the
vehicle.

^ These cracks always start from an outside edge of the glass.

^ Most often the cracks begin at one of the corners of the windshield.

^ Stress cracks typically occur within the first year or 10,000 miles of the vehicle's service life.

Additional Notes:

Only OEM BMW windshields may be considered for a warranty claim where a stress crack is the root cause. If a non BMW windshield was
installed in the vehicle, any resulting damage (i.e., cracks, water leaks, etc.) will not be covered. BMW windshields can be identified by a BMW
Roundel stamped on the glass in one of the lower corners.

If the damage to the glass is due to an outside influence, very often the glass can be repaired as opposed to being replaced. For additional
information on this repair and recommended repair kits, refer to Parts bulletin 51 09 06.

WARRANTY INFORMATION

Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Disclaimer
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 141
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2565

Technical Service Bulletin # 511709 Date: 090401

Interior - Cup Holder Replacement Information

SI B51 17 09
Body Equipment

April 2009
Technical Service

SUBJECT
Replacing Front Cup Holders

MODEL
E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series)

INFORMATION
A design change was made in 9/2008 to the cup holders, which includes the addition of a chrome strip on the customer-facing surface.

If the need arises to replace a cup holder on a car produced up to 9/2008, a like part should be installed as a replacement (without the chrome strip).
These parts will continue to be available for some time through the BMW Parts department. However, these part numbers are no longer shown in
the electronic parts catalog (EPC). These part numbers are shown below for reference.

While the cup holders for vehicles up to 9/2008 should be available for the next several months, if the cup holder you need is not in stock, only then
the updated cup holders (with the chrome strip) should be used. In this case, it will be necessary to order and install both the left and right side cup
holders so that the parts match.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 142
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2566

PARTS INFORMATION

WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 110309 Date: 090301

Engine - Oil Residue Near Oil Filler Cap

SI B 11 03 09
Engine

March 2009
Technical Service

SUBJECT
Engine Oil Residue Found Near Oil Filler Cap

MODEL
E90, E92 and E93 (3 Series) M3 with S65 engine

INFORMATION

An oil residue may be seen on the cylinder head cover,

located in the vicinity of the oil filler cap, a few days
after topping or refilling the engine oil.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 143
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2567

Very often after removing the oil cap, the cap is laid
upside down to prevent the crankcase side of the cap
from being contaminated. When the cap is stored
upside down, this allows the engine oil to seep into the
area of an oil cap plastic housing that is not sealed by
the gasket. When the cap is reinstalled, the oil will leak
from the unsealed area onto the cylinder head cover
surface.

After removing the oil filler cap, store the cap in the
upright position on a clean shop towel, as shown in the
illustration. The upright position will eliminate the
possibility that the engine oil enters the unsealed area
of the cap plastic housing.

Do not replace any parts for this condition; please educate the customer when necessary.

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Information only

Disclaimer

Technical Service Bulletin # 660109 Date: 090301

Parking Assist System - Ultrasonic Sensors Discolored

SI B 66 01 09
Distance Systems, Cruise Control, Remote Control

March 2009
Technical Service

SUBJECT
PDC Ultrasonic Sensor(s) Become Discolored

MODEL
E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series produced up to March 1, 2009

Vehicles with PDC (option 507 or 508)

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 144
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2568

SITUATION
The PDC (Park Distance Control) sensors become discolored, with the color changing from black to purple. Only black sensors are affected. The
functionality of the PDC system is not affected.

CAUSE
PDC painting process

CORRECTION
Replace all the PDC sensors in the bumper concerned. Refer to (as appropriate):

^ REP 66 20 518 (Removing and installing [replacing] an ultrasonic transducer at front [outside] [Park Distance Control])

^ REP 66 20 520 (Removing and installing/replacing an ultrasonic transducer at front [inside] [Park Distance Control])

^ E90: REP 66 20 540 (Removing and installing/replacing a rear ultrasonic transducer [Park Distance Control])

^ E92 and E93: REP 66 20 538 (Removing and installing/replacing a rear [middle] ultrasonic transducer [Park Distance Control])

^ E91, E92 and E93: REP 66 20 540 (Removing and installing/replacing a rear [left/right] ultrasonic transducer [Park Distance Control])

PARTS INFORMATION

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Disclaimer

Technical Service Bulletin # 650109 Date: 090101

Audio System - Incorrect USB Audio Interface Message

SI B 65 01 09
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 145
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2569
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS

January 2009
Technical Service

SUBJECT
Incorrect Message in the USB Audio Interface Diagnosis

MODEL
E82 *(1 Series)

E90, E91, E92 *(3 Series)

E63, E64 *(6 Series)

*with option 6FL (USB Audio Interface)

Vehicles produced before September 01, 2008

SITUATION
When carrying out the test module "usb_hub_test" in diagnosis, the message "No HUB test -->HUB decoded" is displayed.

CAUSE
Incorrect coding data in the MULF2-High control module

INFORMATION
Do not replace any parts.

Ignore the incorrect error message and continue the test plan.

As soon as a solution is available, this Service Information bulletin will be updated.

WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only

Disclaimer

Technical Service Bulletin # 652407 Date: 090201

Navigation System - CCC Navigation Map DVD Not Detected

SI B 65 24 07
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS

February 2009
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B65 24 07 dated August 2007.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
CCC Navigation Map DVD Not Detected

MODEL
E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series) with SA 609 (CCC Navigation)

E60, E61 (5 Series) with SA 609 (CCC Navigation)

E63, E64 (6 Series)

E70 (X5) with SA 609 (CCC Navigation)

Vehicles produced from 8/31/2006

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 146
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2570

SITUATION
When entering the navigation system, the screen only displays "Please insert DVD", even though a DVD map is inserted in the drive.

CAUSE

^ Incorrect map DVD

^ CCC software or hardware error

[NEW] PROCEDURE
This problem has been integrated into ISTA diagnostics. Follow diagnostics and the relevant test plan, using the latest ISTA version.

In order to access the test plan, refer to SI B65 06 07, which describes how to start symptom-based troubleshooting of the CCC. When prompted by
the test plan, enter fault number "411" (Navigation DVD is not recognized).

[NEW] WARRANTY INFORMATION

Information only

Disclaimer
Technical Service Bulletin # 652708 Date: 090201

Communication/Entertainment Systems - Inoperative

SI B 65 27 08
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS

February 2009
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B65 27 08 dated January 2009.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
Entertainment and Communication Systems Are Inoperative

MODEL
E82, E88 *(1 Series)

E90, E91, E92, E93 *(3 Series)

E60, E61 *(5 Series)

E63, E64 *(6 Series)

E70 *(X5)

E71 *(X6)

*with option 6FL (USB Audio Interface)

Vehicles produced since September 2008

SITUATION
The entertainment and communication systems are inoperative.

In addition, the "SOS disabled" warning may be displayed.

CAUSE
The entertainment and communication systems are inoperative because of an open connector or a defective control unit in the MOST-bus.

CORRECTION
Verify the customer complaint.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 147
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2571

Perform a short test and diagnosis using the BMW diagnostic equipment. Perform a MOST-bus ringbreak diagnosis. Follow any related test plan.

Jump the control modules on the MOST-bus, starting with the MULF2-High control module.

If jumping the MULF2-High control module restores the MOST-bus operation, replace it.

If jumping the MULF2-High control module does NOT restore the MOST-bus operation, jump the next control unit until the MOST-bus operation
is restored.

[NEW] WARRANTY INFORMATION

Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Disclaimer
Technical Service Bulletin # 840109 Date: 090401

Campaign - Reactivation Of Telematics(R) Control Unit

SI B84 01 09
Communication Systems

April 2009
Technical Service

PERFORM THE PROCEDURE OUTLINED IN THIS SERVICE INFORMATION ON ALL

AFFECTED VEHICLES THE NEXT TIME THEY ARE IN THE SHOP FOR MAINTENANCE
OR REPAIRS AND PRIOR TO RETAIL DELIVERY.

SUBJECT
Service Action: Reactivation of Telematics Control Unit (TCU)

MODEL
E46 (3 Series) equipped with ZPP (Premium Package) or SA 639 (BMW Assist)

E53 (X5) equipped with ZPP (Premium Package) or SA 639 (BMW Assist)

E60, E61 (5 Series) equipped with ZPP (Premium Package) or SA 639 (BMW Assist)

E63, E64 (6 Series) equipped with ZPP (Premium Package) or SA 639 (BMW Assist)

E65, E66 (7 Series)

E70 (X5) equipped with ZPP (Premium Package) or SA 639 (BMW Assist)

E82, E88 (1 Series) equipped with ZPP (Premium Package) or SA 639 (BMW Assist)

E83 (X3) E82, E88 equipped with ZPP (Premium Package) or SA 639 (BMW Assist)

E85, E86 (Z4) equipped with ZPP (Premium Package) or SA 639 (BMW Assist)

E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series) equipped with ZPP (Premium Package) or SA 639 (BMW Assist)
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 148
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2572

All vehicles produced up to March 2008

SITUATION
The Telematics Control Unit (TCU) in the vehicle may not have been properly activated. This may cause the manual and automatic emergency call
and roadside call (BMW Assist) not to function. This Service Action reactivates the TCU by assigning a new Mobile Identification Number (MIN)
and Mobile Device Number (MDN) to the TCU.

Copies of the customer notification letters are included.

On I/K-bus vehicles (E46, E53, E83, E85), for customer convenience, a step-by-step procedure is included in the customer letter so that the
customer can reactivate the TCU without having to make a service appointment.

AFFECTED VEHICLES

This Service Action involves vehicles with BMW Assist, produced up to 3/08.

In order to determine whether a specific vehicle is affected by this Service Action, refer to the chassis numbers listed in the attachment B84 01
09_VIN_MIN_MDN.

Note:
The vehicles affected by this Service Action will not appear on DCS Vehicle History Inquiry Reports.

PROCEDURE FOR I/K-BUS VEHICLES

1. Check the BMW Assist account status on DCSnet. The BMW Assist services expiration date and TCU activation status can be checked
on DCSnet under Service/Vehicle History Inquiry. Refer to SI B02 01 06 (Updated DCSnet Vehicle History Inquiry information of BMW Assist)
for more information.

^ If no information is displayed on DCSnet, check the account status by calling BMW Assist.

If the customer is NOT an active BMW Assist services client, no further action is required.

Vehicles within the Verizon Wireless Network

2. Simultaneously press the Roadside Assistance "Wrench" button and the mayday "SOS" button for more than 8 seconds. The TCU will
automatically place two calls approximately 20 seconds apart.

^ First call - "*22890" will be displayed on the radio or status line on the Board Monitor (BM). The TCU will make a connection to the
network provider. A verbal message will be heard that the phone is being programmed. At the end of the programming, a message should be
heard that the phone was successfully programmed.

^ Second call - "*22891" will be displayed on the radio or status line on the Board Monitor (BM). The TCU will make a connection to the
network provider. A verbal message will be heard that the roaming capabilities are being updated. At the end of the call, a message should
be heard that the roaming capabilities were successfully updated.

3. If you do not hear the message at the completion of each call, the update was NOT successfully completed, and the process must be repeated.

^ Note: If the system does not attempt to make the call or if "BMW Assist Inactive" is displayed on the radio or BM, please refer to SI B84 24
06.

4. Switch the ignition off for 10 seconds. The new MIN and MDN will then be imported into the TCU.

5. Test the BMW Assist service for proper operation by placing a test call (press the Roadside Assistance "Wrench" button). Make sure that the
BMW Assist Response Center has received the correct MIN/MDN, VIN and location for the vehicle. Have the representative update his or her
records as needed.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 149
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2573

Vehicles outside the Verizon Wireless Network

6. The vehicle must be located within the Verizon Wireless network for the above reactivation procedure to work properly. See the attachment to
SI B84 15 03 for the list of BMW centers located outside this network. If the vehicle is not in the Verizon Wireless network, perform steps one
and two and then follow these additional steps.

^ Create a PuMA case to receive TCU shipping authorization.

^ Remove the TCU from the vehicle.

^ Send the TCU, the BMW Assist TCU Reactivation Form with the new MIN/MDN numbers, and a copy of the PuMA case via FedEx to:

BMW of North America, LLC

Attn: Teileclearing TCU (TCU Reactivation B84 01 09)

200 Chestnut Ridge Road Building 150

Woodcliff Lake NJ 07677

BMW NA will reactivate the TCU and ship it out on the same business day that it was received.

After receiving the TCU back from BMW NA, reinstall the TCU, and place a BMW Assist call, as outlined in step 5.

PROCEDURE FOR MOST-BUS VEHICLES

Refer to attachment

LABEL INSTRUCTIONS

This Service Action has been assigned code number 534. After the vehicle has been checked, and corrected if necessary, obtain a label (SD 92-352)
and:

a. Emboss your BMW dealer warranty number in

the middle of the label (1);

b. Punch out code number 534 printed on the label

(2); and

c. Affix the label to the B-pillar as shown.

WARRANTY INFORMATION
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 150
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2574

Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

ATTACHMENTS
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 151
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2575
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 152
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2576
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 153
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2577
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 154
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2578

view PDF attachment B840109MOST_Procedure.

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 155
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2579
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 156
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2580
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 157
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2581
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 158
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2582
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 159
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2583
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 160
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2584
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 161
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2585

view PDF attachment B840109VIN_MIN_MDN_List.

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 162
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2586

view PDF attachment B840109Customer_Letter_MOST_bus.

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 163
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2587
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 164
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2588

view PDF attachment B840109Customer_Letter_X3_X5.

Disclaimer

Technical Service Bulletin # 654107 Date: 090601

CCC(R) - Loss Of Audio/CID Screen Blanks Out

SI B 65 41 07
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS

June 2009
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B65 41 07 dated July 2008.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
CCC Loss of Audio and CID Blanks Out

MODEL
E90, E91, E92, (3 Series) with CCC Navigation (SA 609)

E60, E61 (5 Series) with CCC Navigation (SA 609)

E63, E64 (6 Series)

Vehicles produced up to October 31, 2007 (later hardware versions are not affected)

SITUATION
The customer states that the audio cuts out in all modes and the CID (Central Information Display) blanks out.

One or more of the following fault codes are stored:

^ CID FC A46D Head unit reset

^ MOST FC FFF3 MOST System Analysis

CAUSE
CCC (Car Communication Computer) failure
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 165
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2589

[NEW] PROCEDURE

1. Using ISTA, perform a vehicle test.

2. MOST FC FFF3 will automatically be linked to the test plan for the MOST system analysis (ABL B6500_61155).

3. Continue the test plan until the screen "The determined cause of the fault is as follows: "[1] (*****) CCC Car Communication Computer" is
displayed. If this result is not given, continue troubleshooting other faults stored in the vehicle.

4. If the result above is given, follow the test plan recommendations.

[NEW] WARRANTY INFORMATION

For information only

Disclaimer

Technical Service Bulletin # 130508 Date: 090501

Engine Controls - Rough Idle/Misfire/Loss Of Power

SI B13 05 08
Fuel Systems

May 2009
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B13 05 08 dated February 2009.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
Rough Idle, Rough Running, Misfiring and Loss of Power

MODEL
E90, E92 and E93 M3 with S65 engine

[NEW] SITUATION
Scenario 1:

The customer complains that a loss of power occurs when idling; the Service Engine Soon lamp is illuminated; and fault code 2B23 (Idle-air
actuator, regulator monitoring) is stored in the DME fault memory. This complaint can be intermittent.

Scenario 2:

The customer complains that the vehicle runs rough while idling or driving; the vehicle will misfire; and a loss of power can occur. The vehicle's
Service Engine Soon lamp is illuminated and fault code 2B23 (Idle-air actuator, regulator monitoring) will be stored in the DME fault memory. The
vehicle's engine control may enter the emergency program, and various misfire faults are stored. This complaint can normally be reproduced in the
workshop very easily.

[NEW] CAUSE
Scenario 1:

Defective idle actuator

Scenario 2:

The idle circuit has become blocked or restricted, due to an internal separation of the rubber hose located between the idle-air actuator and the
intake manifold. The layers of the rubber hose will tear away and restrict one of the idle strips located on each engine bank. This restriction will
lead to a misfire and rough running while idling or driving. In some cases, the engines oil consumption can increase.

[NEW] PROCEDURE
Scenario 1:
Replace the Idle Control Valve
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 166
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2590

Scenario 2:
Remove the intake manifold in accordance with RA 11 61 050, Removing and installing air intake manifold (S65), to inspect all idle circuit
components.

Remove and inspect the hose (1) located between the idle-air actuator and intake manifold. Remove and inspect the idle-air actuator (2). If debris is
found, remove the debris, but do not replace the idle-air actuator. Remove and inspect both idle strips. If debris is found inside the idle strips, both
idle strips must be replaced. Whenever rubber hose debris is found in the idle circuit, it will be necessary to replace the rubber hose (1) between the
idle-air actuator and the intake manifold as well. The rubber hose (4) located between the idle strips should be inspected and cleaned; do not replace
this item.

[NEW] PARTS INFORMATION

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 167
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2591

[NEW] WARRANTY INFORMATION

Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty or the Certified Pre-Owned Program for scenario 1 only.

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 611109 Date: 090601

Electrical - Battery Charging And Testing Procedure

SI B 61 11 09
General Electrical Systems

June 2009
Technical Service

SUBJECT
Battery Charging and Testing Procedure

MODEL
All

INFORMATION
The following proper battery testing and charging procedures are necessary to fulfill the requirements of the warranty as well as meeting customer
expectations.

Vehicles with a discharged battery must have their batteries charged and tested prior to proceeding with further diagnostics.

Battery Charging Procedure

1. As described in bulletin SI B04 27 06, be certain that the charging voltage on approved BMW chargers has been set to 14.8 volts. Failure to set
the charge rate to 14.8 volts will result in the charger switching to FC (floating charge) before the battery is adequately charged.

2. Be sure to refer to the Deutronic DBL-430/DBL-800 or V&H MultiCharger 750 manuals for proper charger setup procedures. Additionally on
Deutronic chargers refer to attachments "DBL-430 Settings" and "DBL-800 Settings" for the correct default settings to use.

When using any Deutronic battery charger, be sure that the charging amperage has been set at 15%-20% above the amp hour rating of the battery.
Since the Deutronic DBL-430 is only adjustable in amperage increments of 10, it may be necessary to round up to the next higher amperage setting.
Failure to do so will result in an undercharged battery. For a 90Ah battery, set to 110A and for 110Ah, set to 130A.

The Deutronic DBL-800 charger, as well as the V&H MultiCharger 750, is self-calibrating; however, voltage and amperage can be manually set in
the service menu and should be checked and adjusted as necessary, prior to charging.

3. If the vehicle is equipped with an IBS (Intelligent Battery Sensor), be sure to charge the battery from the service port or disconnect the battery
from the vehicle. DO NOT connect the charger directly to the IBS.

4. A fully charged battery is indicated on the Deutronics chargers by a green LED and the letters "FC" for "Floating Charge" being visible in the
LCD display. The V&H MultiCharger 750 will display "Battery Full" in the LCD display.

Midtronics Battery Testing Procedure

1. All battery tests must be performed directly at the battery.

2. For in-vehicle testing, all electronic loads must be off, as a high-current draw in the period before sleep mode may adversely affect the result.

3. Both Midtronics tester clamps must be firmly attached to the appropriate battery terminals which have been cleaned with a wire brush. Follow
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 168
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2592
the menu prompts.

4. Select "IN-VEHICLE" or "OUT-OF-VEHICLE" (as appropriate).

5. Select the CCA rating from the vehicle battery label.

6. If the warning "SYSTEM NOISE" is displayed, be sure all electrical loads such as open doors, interior lighting or active systems are turned off.
In rare cases, it is possible for an active BUS line to produce sufficient electrical noise to hamper testing. In such instances, the BUS must be
allowed to enter sleep mode before proceeding, or the vehicle may be placed in sleep mode using the diagnostic equipment.

7. Dependent on the battery voltage, the question "BEFORE CHARGE" or "AFTER CHARGE" will be displayed.

^ "BEFORE CHARGE" must be selected if the battery has not yet been charged.

^ "AFTER CHARGE" must be selected after the battery has been charged.

8. After testing, use the Midtronics printer to print a result ticket with the warranty code. The following tester results are possible:

a. "CHARGE & RETEST" - If the battery has less than approximately 8 volts when tested and the tester does not find the battery to be
defective (e.g., a shorted cell), the battery will be tested and the message "CHARGE & RETEST" will be displayed.

b. "GOOD--RECHARGE" - If the tester displays "GOOD--RECHARGE", the battery must be retested after recharging.

Note:
Should the tester display "GOOD--RECHARGE" after fully charging, print a second result ticket and charge the battery for two additional hours.
If the tester still displays "GOOD--RECHARGE", print the results and replace the battery.

c. "GOOD BATTERY" - Only release the vehicle when the tester displays "GOOD BATTERY" and the open circuit voltage (OCV) is 12.6
volts or higher this indicates a fully charged battery. Note that the display "GOOD BATTERY" is not in itself an indication of a fully
charged battery. This is important, as the Midtronics tester does not require a 100% state of charge to determine whether the battery is good;
however, a 100% state of charge is necessary to insure proper and trouble-free operation of the vehicle's electrical system components.

d. "REPLACE BATTERY" - If the tester determines the battery to be defective, the message "REPLACE BATTERY" will be displayed.

9. Retain all Midtronics printouts with the warranty code in the vehicle file.

Additional Information

1. Below is an Open Circuit Voltage chart listing battery voltage as it relates to the state of battery charge.

An Open Circuit Voltage measurement is only valid if the surface charge has been removed. It can be measured using a multimeter. It is also the
voltage shown on the Midtronics printout. To remove the surface charge, turn on the high beams for one minute and then allow the battery voltage
to stabilize (approximately one minute) before testing.

Open Circuit Voltage vs. State of Battery Charge

2. If the Midtronics tester detects a surface charge, it will be displayed on the tester. Follow the prompts to turn on the headlights for about one
minute, and then follow the prompts. The tester will continue
testing the battery automatically. For best results when testing the battery out of the vehicle, always remove the surface charge before testing if the
battery has been charged.

3. Do not replace a battery just because the eye is black. The green eye is only an indicator of the cell to which it is attached.

4. When a discharged battery is encountered, check the function of the charging system. Perform the "Energy Diagnostics" test plan (B61 13 05)
and, if necessary, check the electrical system for closed circuit current draw as per SI B61 08 00.

5. Other related Service Information bulletins:

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 169
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2593

^ SI B04 25 02 Operation of current Midtronics tester

^ SI B04 11 02 - Operation of Deutronic DBL-430 charger

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Warranty Code for claims relating to all BMW Batteries

The warranty code is an encrypted code that includes all of the information from the printout.

Excluding the situation described in Note 2 (below), the Midtronics tester must be used for testing batteries with charge related defects, and that are
to be claimed under warranty.

On completion of a battery test, print out the results, and file the printout with the completed repair order for future reference, if requested.

The printout contains a warranty code (1). This code must be included in the "Comments" section when submitting the warranty claim. Failure to
quote the warranty code in the comments of the warranty claim may result in a delay in processing or refusal of the warranty claim.

Notes

1. The "Warranty Code" is not an authorization number to replace the battery. Only replace the battery when this is stated in the test results (for
example, "Replace Battery") or in the special case identified in 8b), above.

2. For vehicles with power management systems (vehicles with an IBS [Intelligent Battery Sensor]): If the battery is damaged due to discharge
prior to QC1, depending on the vehicle model, either the message "Battery damaged, replace battery before delivery" will show during CBS
Handover Inspection, or a similarly worded Check Control message will be displayed in the instrument cluster. In this case, a Midtronics
printout is not required because the CBS message will be transmitted automatically within the FASTA data.

3. Battery failures that are the result of storage neglect or physical damage will not be covered by the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

B611109_DBL-430_Manual
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 170
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2594
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 171
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2595
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 172
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2596
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 173
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2597
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 174
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2598
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 175
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2599
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 176
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2600
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 177
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2601

Instruction Manual Pages 1 through 13

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 178
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2602
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 179
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2603
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 180
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2604
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 181
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2605

Instruction Manual Pages 14 through 22

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 182
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2606
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 183
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2607
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 184
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2608
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 185
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2609
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 186
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2610
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 187
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2611
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 188
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2612

Instruction Manual Pages 23 through 31

B611109_DBL-800_Manual
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 189
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2613
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 190
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2614
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 191
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2615
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 192
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2616
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 193
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2617

DBL Manual Pages 33 through 42

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 194
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2618
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 195
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2619
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 196
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2620
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 197
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2621
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 198
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2622

DBL Manual Pages 43 through 52

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 199
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2623

B611109_V&H_Manual
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 200
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2624
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 201
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2625
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 202
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2626
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 203
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2627
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 204
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2628
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 205
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2629
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 206
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2630
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 207
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2631
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 208
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2632
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 209
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2633
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 210
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2634

V & H Manual Pages 54 through 64

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 211
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2635
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 212
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2636
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 213
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2637
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 214
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2638
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 215
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2639
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 216
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2640
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 217
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2641
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 218
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2642

V & H Manual Pages 65 through 74

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 219
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2643
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 220
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2644
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 221
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2645
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 222
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2646
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 223
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2647
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 224
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2648
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 225
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2649
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 226
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2650
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 227
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2651
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 228
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2652
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 229
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2653
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 230
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2654

V & H Manual Pages 75 through 86 Technical Service Bulletin # 840809 Date: 090501

Cell Phone - Poor Voice Quality On Land Line End

SI B 84 08 09
Communication Systems

May 2009
Technical Service

SUBJECT
Telephone: Poor Voice Quality at Landside End

MODEL
E60, E61 (5 Series)

E63, E64 (6 Series)

E82, E88 (1 Series)

E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series)

F01, F02 (7 Series)

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 231
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2655

Vehicles produced from 2/28/07 to 2/27/09 equipped with ZPP (Premium Package) or SA 639 (BMW Assist)

SITUATION
The person on the landline hears an echo and reverberation when the customer makes a hands-free call from the vehicle. The voice quality on the
landline is generally poor (low volume or interference). This situation affects all phones except the Apple iPhone 3G. Refer to SI B84 04 09 for
information about the Apple iPhone 3G.

CAUSE
A very sensitive audio algorithm in the TCU (Telematics Control Unit) has caused a signal overload.

The interaction with other audio components results in the situation described above.

PROCEDURE
Perform diagnosis using ISTA, and work through any test modules for any related faults.

Program the vehicle with the latest version of ISTA/P. The problem was corrected with the release of ISTA/P 2.33.0. For information on
programming and coding with ISTA/P, refer to CenterNet Aftersales Portal Service-Workshop Technology Vehicle Programming.

CAUSE
A very sensitive audio algorithm in the TCU (Telematics Control Unit) has caused a signal overload.

The interaction with other audio components results in the situation described above.

PROCEDURE
Perform diagnosis using ISTA, and work through any test modules for any related faults.

Program the vehicle with the latest version of ISTA/P. The problem was corrected with the release of ISTA/P 2.33.0. For information on
programming and coding with ISTA/P, refer to CenterNet - Aftersales Portal - Service-Workshop Technology Vehicle Programming.

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Disclaimer

Technical Service Bulletin # 280708 Date: 090601

Engine Controls - Delayed Throttle Response

SI B 28 07 08
M Double-clutch Transmission with Drivelogic

June 2009
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B12 55 06 dated January 2009.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
M3 with M DCT - Complaint of Delayed Throttle Response

MODEL
E90, E92, E93 with S65 and M DCT transmission up to 04/09 production

SITUATION
The customer may complain about delayed throttle response when reaccelerating after a series of downshifts during heavy deceleration (hard
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 232
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2656
braking). This condition is experienced when the transmission is in D or S mode, with the Drivelogic program selected to three or less bars.

No acceleration delay is experienced when the vehicle is driven in the M manual mode.

INFORMATION
During a "rolling stop" situation, which is followed by heavy acceleration demand, the transmission goes through the series of downshifts in order
to match the appropriate gear with the high load signal.

The short time period necessary to perform the multiple downshifts may create the perception of "throttle delay". In reality, it is a design
characteristic and normal behavior for the M DCT transmission when operated in D or S mode, rather then a malfunction or deficiency.

[NEW] Due to the ongoing quality optimization process, the newest version of the M DCT software provides additional improvements to the
transmission drivability, resulting in further reduction of shifting time and engine torque application.

[NEW] To significantly improve the throttle response (or to reduce "throttle lag"), reprogram the vehicle with the current ISTA/P version (target
integration E089-09-03-510 or higher, introduced in ISTA/P
2.33.1).

[NEW] In order to completely eliminate the delay sensation, as described above, the customer needs to operate the M DCT in the manual mode
(paddle or gear lever manual shifting).

Explain the M DCT's operating behavior, as described above, to the customer.

WARRANTY INFORMATION

Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty or the Certified Pre-Owned Program.

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 651509 Date: 090601

Antitheft - Siren Too Quiet When Locking/Unlocking Car

SI B 65 15 09
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS

June 2009
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B65 19 09 dated April 2009.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
DWA Siren Too Quiet When Locking and Unlocking

MODEL
E70 (X5)
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 233
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2657

E71 (X6)

[NEW] E82, E88 (1 Series)

[NEW] E90, E91, E92 (3 Series)

[NEW] E60, E61 (5 Series)

[NEW] E65, E66 (7 Series)

SITUATION
The DWA (Anti-theft system) siren is too quiet when locking and unlocking the vehicle. The situation occurs after the SINE (Siren and tilt alarm
sensor) control module has been replaced.

CAUSE
The SINE control module has not been programmed and coded.

INFORMATION
After installing a replacement SINE control module, start a programming session and mark the SINE control module to indicate that it has been
replaced. This will result in the SINE control module being programmed and coded, which then activates the correct volume output of the siren.

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Information only

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 840609 Date: 090501

Cell Phone - Humming Noise From Vehicle Speakers

SI B 84 06 09
Communication Systems

May 2009
Technical Service

SUBJECT
Telephone: Humming or Pulsing Noise Coming from the Vehicle Loudspeakers

MODEL
E60, E61 (5 Series)

E63, E64 (6 Series)

E70 (X5)

E71 (X6)

E82, E88 (1 Series)

E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series)

F01, F02 (7 Series)

All vehicles equipped with SA 06NF (Smartphone Integration)

SITUATION
A humming or pulsing noise is heard from the vehicle loudspeakers when the iPhone is inserted into the snap-in adapter. The noise occurs
regardless of which audio source has been selected.

CAUSE
Snap-in adapter hardware

PROCEDURE

1. Check the operation of the phone, using the customer's telephone to verify the problem as described above.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 234
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2658

2. If the problem exists, check the hardware number on the label on the underside of the snap-in adapter.

3. If the hardware number is less than 3.0 for Apple iPhone 3G or 2.0 for Apple iPhone, replace the snap-in adapter. If the hardware number is
correct, perform standard troubleshooting.

4. Recheck the functionality of the system with the new snap-in adapter.

PARTS INFORMATION

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 845906 Date: 090601

CCC(R) - Phonebook Not Arranged Alphabetically

SI B 84 59 06
Communication Systems

June 2009
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B84 59 06 dated October 2006.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
CCC Telephone Address Book Not in Alphabetical Order

MODEL
E90, E91, E92 (3 Series)

SITUATION
The customer may complain that the telephone address book displayed in the Central Information Display (CID) is not in alphabetical order. The
problem occurs after the vehicle was programmed using Progman V22.2.0 (E89x-06-06-540).

CAUSE
Software error in Car Communication Computer (CCC)

[NEW] PROCEDURE
Do not replace any parts.

1. If the integration level of the vehicle is (E89x-06-06-540), update the vehicle software using the current ISTA/P version. Refer to CenterNet
Aftersales Portal - Service Workshop Technology - Vehicle Programming for information about ISTA/P.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 235
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2659

2. If the integration level of the vehicle is not (E89x-06-06-540), the problem is not caused by the CCC software error mentioned in this Service
Information. Perform standard troubleshooting.

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # NHTSA09V257000 Date: 090701

Recall 09V257000: Side Air Bag Harness Defect

VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S):

BMW/1 Series 2008

BMW/3 Series 2008

MANUFACTURER: BMW of North America, LLC

MFR'S REPORT DATE: July 01, 2009

NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 09V257000

NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A

COMPONENT: Air Bags: Frontal

POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: ?

SUMMARY:
BMW is recalling M/Y 2008 1-Series and 3- Series passenger cars. Incorrect crimp connectors may have been used on the side air bag and belt
tensioner wiring. As a result sufficient contact between the crimp connectors and the corresponding plug may not occur which could lead to an
increase in the electrical resistance of that connection.

CONSEQUENCE:
If that happened, it would be possible for the side air bag and/or the safety belt tensioner not to deploy and will not be able to properly protect an
occupant, increasing the risk of injuries.

REMEDY:
The manufacturer has not yet provided the agency with a remedy or notification schedule. Owners may contact BMW at 1-800-831-1117.

NOTES:
Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY
1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov. Technical Service Bulletin # 120209 Date: 090501

Fuel System - MIL/Check Gas Cap Lamp ON

SI B 12 02 09
Engine Electrical Systems

May 2009
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B12 02 09 dated February 2009.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
Service Engine Soon or Check Gas Cap Warning Is Illuminated: Tank Leakage

MODEL
E39 (5 Series) all models produced from 9/2000 to 9/2003

E46 (3 Series) all models produced from 3/2000 to 9/2006

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 236
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2660

E52 (Z8) all production

E53 (X5) all models produced from 11/1999 to 9/2006

E60 and E61 (5 Series) all models produced from start of production to 9/30/2008

E63 and E64 (6 Series) all models produced from start of production to 9/30/2008

E65 and E66 (7 Series) all models produced from start of production to 9/30/2008

E70 (X5) all models produced from start of production to 9/30/2008

E71 (X6) all models produced from start of production to 9/30/2008

E82 and E88 (1 Series) all models produced from start of production to 9/30/2008

E83 (X3) all models produced from start of production to 9/30/2008

E85 and E86 (Z4) all models produced from start of production to 9/30/2008

E90, E91, E92 and E93 (3 Series) all models produced from start of production to 9/30/2008

SITUATION
The Service Engine Soon lamp or the Check Gas Cap warnings are illuminated while driving. When diagnosed, the DME has stored faults for a
small leak, micro leak, super fine leak, or large leak in relation to the tank ventilation or evaporative system.

CAUSE
Leakage is detected in the tank ventilation or evaporative system.

PROCEDURE

1. Run the Tank Leakage (DMTL) test plan, using the current diagnostic device loaded with the latest software. If a leak has been detected,
remove the fuel cap and inspect for damage, i.e., the seal is torn; the seal is worn; or the seal is curling. If any damage is detected, replace the
fuel cap and run the Tank Leakage (DMTL) test plan again, to check repair effectiveness.

2. If no damage has been detected, reinstall the cap and run the DMTL test plan again.

3. If the system is now leak-proof, the customer may have incorrectly installed the fuel cap. No further action is necessary. Advise the customer
that after refueling, the cap must be fitted tightly until a click is heard.

4. If the system continues to leak, refer to SI B16 01 07 for detailed leak diagnosis procedures; replace any parts that were identified as leaking.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 237
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2661
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 238
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2662

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty or the Certified Pre-Owned program for procedures 1, 2 and 4 only.

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 611008 Date: 090601

A/T - CAS3 Fault Code A0B1 Diagnostics

SI B 61 10 08
General Electrical Systems

June 2009
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B61 10 08 dated August 2008.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
CAS3 Fault Code A0B1

MODEL
E90, E92, E93 (M3) with M-DCT double-clutch transmission (option code 2MK)

Vehicles produced from February 29, 2008 to August 30, 2008

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 239
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2663

SITUATION
Fault code entry A0B1 for gear selector lever position is stored in the CAS3 (Car Access System) control module. There is no customer complaint
related to gear selector position.

CAUSE
CAS3 software problem

INFORMATION
[NEW] The problem has been integrated into ISTA diagnostics. Follow diagnostics and the relevant test plan using the latest ISTA version.

WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 280108 Date: 090601

A/T - M Double Clutch Transmission Fluid Requirements

SI B28 01 08
M Double-clutch Transmission with Drivelogic

June 2009
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B28 01 08 dated May 2008.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
M Double-clutch Transmission with Drivelogic Fluid Requirements

MODEL
[NEW] E90, E92 and E93 M3

INFORMATION
The M Double-clutch Transmission with Drivelogic (option code 2MK) requires a special lubricant called BMW DCTF-1 Pentosin. This fluid is
specific to the double-clutch transmission and should not be substituted. Substituting this fluid will cause significant damage to the internal clutches
of the transmission assembly, requiring replacement of the transmission.

This BMW DCTF-1 Pentosin fluid does not require regular service maintenance. It is an extended life type of fluid and should not be replaced. The
proper fluid can be obtained using part number 83 22 0 440 214 (1 liter container) or 83 22 2 147 477 (20 liter container). The vehicle requires
approximately 9 liters of fluid.

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Information only

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 650807 Date: 090601

Audio System - Information On USB Audio Interface

SI B65 08 07
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS

June 2009
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI 65 08 07 dated January 2009.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 240
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2664

SUBJECT
USB Audio Interface

MODEL
E90, E91, E92, E93 *(3 Series) from 03/2007

E60, E61 *(5 Series) from 03/2007

E63, E64 *(6 Series) from 03/2007

E70 *(X5) from 4/2007

E71 *(X6)

E82, E88 *(1 Series)

[NEW] E89 *(Z4)

[NEW] F01, F02 *(7 Series)

*Only with USB Audio Interface (option 6FL)

INFORMATION
The USB Audio interface is only available as a factory-installed option and cannot be retrofitted.

The USB Audio Interface allows the connection of compatible MP3 players, such as an Apple iPod (Generation 4 or higher), to the vehicle and
operates it through the vehicle's audio controls.

In addition to MP3 players, audio files on USB sticks can also be played through the USB audio interface.

Only audio files can be played. Accessing other files such as videos is not possible.

The USB audio interface currently supports the following compressed formats:

^ MP3 (mp3)

^ AAC (aac, m4a, m4b)

^ WAV/PCM (wav)

^ WMA (wma, asf)

^ Playlists in M3U format

NOTE:
WAV files are not supported in playlists.

It is possible to access all stored audio data directly through a playlist, as well as searching for genre, artist, album or title. However, the sorting and
displaying of audio files in the vehicle can only be carried out correctly if all the data stored on the MP3 player (e.g., ID3 tags) contains only
Roman characters. Playlists must contain absolute path indications if the audio file is not located in the same directory as the playlist itself.

Storage of the device and first installation

Observe all operating and storage instructions for the device if the iPod, MP3 player or USB stick is stored in the vehicle. It is recommended not to
store iPods, MP3 players or USB sticks in the vehicle for any length of time, since extreme environmental conditions (temperature, humidity) may
cause damage to the device.

Upon initial connection of an iPod, MP3 player or USB stick containing large amounts of data, audio files can be only accessed through the
directory structure of the device. The search by genre, artist,
album or title only becomes available after the corresponding file information has been transferred to the vehicle. The performance of an iPod, MP3
player or USB stick in the vehicle (such as duration of
synchronization or operation speed) depends on the storage capacity and technology of the device, as well as the number and the format of stored
audio files. For example, the synchronization of a USB stick
with 8 GB of flash storage can take up to 10 minutes; longer synchronization times could be due to device specific characteristics. During this time,
music titles can be selected through indexes and file
names.

Should the interaction of an iPod, MP3 player or USB stick with the USB Audio Interface not function correctly, it may also be due to defective or
unsupported encoding of audio files (e.g., bit rates bigger than 256 kbit/s).
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 241
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2665

For questions, please contact your local customer service directly or via email at: customer.service@bmwnacomem.

Compatible devices

Due to the variety of MP3 players and USB sticks and their technical differences, faultless operation with the USB audio interface cannot be
guaranteed for all devices.

For a list of compatible and/or recommended USB devices, please refer to the BMW USA website.

For more detailed information on how to operate the connected audio device (iPod, MP3 or USB device) through the vehicle audio system, refer to
the Owner's Manual.

The message "Incompatible Device" indicates the usage of an incompatible type of device.

IMPORTANT:
The playing of audio files from mobile phones equipped with a USB interface through the USB audio interface is not recommended. The
receiving or placing of phone calls cannot be guaranteed, because some mobile phone models exclude Bluetooth functionality in conjunction
with a
USB connection.

NOTE:
Charging the device through the cigar lighter should be avoided because of possible audio distortions caused by the cigar lighter.

Apple iPod devices

Identifying iPod models:

docs.info.apple.come/article.html?artnum=61688

^ iPod shuffle (with flash storage).

NOTE:
Can only be connected and used as "USB Mass Storage Class" devices along with a USB cable, if the File Allocation Table (FAT) format is
used.

^ Details for using the iPod as a "storage drive" can be found online:
Docs.info.apple.come/article.html?artnum=61131

Information on how to detect the software version of an iPod is available online: docs.info.apple.come/article.html?artnum=60984

NOTE:
When the iPod is connected to iTunes through a PC, iTunes is capable of automatically updating the iPod software. This could adversely affect
the interaction of the iPod with the USB audio interface.

Apple iPod devices must be connected to the vehicle through the adapter cable provided (Y cable from 30-pin-connector to USB and AUX-In). It
enables quick access to the iPod's audio files and also charges the iPod while connected to the vehicle via the USB connector. In addition,
copy-protected music files can also be played.

IMPORTANT:
If the provided adapter cable for the Apple iPod is not used, iPod devices can only be used as a "storage drive" with the FAT format; the
operation of iPod devices under MacOS is also not possible. Refer to the Aftersales Business Development & Marketing BMW Dealer Bulletin
65 04 07. See Attachment A.

iPod devices can be disconnected from the vehicle at any time.

Only the audio content of videos can be played.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 242
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2666

MP3 devices

MP3 players can be connected to the vehicle through an aftermarket USB cable.

These devices will then also be charged through the USB connection.

IMPORTANT:
Copy-protected music files are not supported for these devices.

Devices with "Media Transfer Protocol (MTB)" cannot be used with the USB audio interface.

This applies especially to devices with the "PlaysForSure" logo. To convert the device into "USB Mass Storage Class" mode, refer to the owner's
manual of the MP3 player.

The MP3 player needs to be formatted with the FAT file system. Only the files of the first partition will be displayed.

NOTE:
During synchronization of an MP3 player with a PC, the software of the MP3 player could be automatically updated.

This could adversely affect the compatibility of the MP3 player with the USB audio interface.

USB devices

USB sticks can be connected directly to the USB Audio Interface.

[NEW]NOTE:
On 1 Series, 3 Series and Z4 vehicles only, an adapter cable has to be used when connecting a USB stick to the USB Audio Interface to prevent
damage to the USB stick when closing the armrest.

This adapter cable is no longer provided by the factory in these vehicles from May 2009 on.

On a customer request basis, it can be ordered through parts (P/N 84 10 9 143 446).

These devices will then also be charged through the USB connection.

IMPORTANT:
Copy-protected music files are not supported for these devices.

USB hard disks and USB hubs and/or card reader with several inputs cannot be used with the USB Audio Interface.

IMPORTANT:
The use of USB sticks with an integrated hard disk is not recommended, since tests have shown that their audio quality may not be acceptable.

USB sticks need to be formatted with the FAT format. Only the files of the first partition will be displayed.

Due to the variety of USB sticks on the market and their technical differences, faultless operation in the vehicle can only be ensured through testing
the product in the vehicle.

TROUBLESHOOTING
Technical limitations of the USB audio interface

1. The connected USB device is not recognized and cannot be selected as an entertainment source.

This is with the USB device connected at vehicle start-up, or if the USB device is connected with the ignition on (KL15):

^ Not all USB devices are compatible with option 6FL. Please refer to the latest list of compatible and/or recommended USB devices. Refer to the
attached compatibility charts.

^ For diagnosis of the USB audio interface connection, please refer to SI B65 07 08.

2. A track cannot be played and/or is skipping:

^ The file has an invalid format (not mp3, wma or aac), is corrupt, or protected by Digital Rights Management (DRM).

3. Playlists, genres, artists, albums and tracks on USB devices are not displayed:

^ Only Roman text characters are supported. Other character sets (Greek, Japanese, etc.) cannot be displayed.

4. Time period differs for playlists, genres, artists, albums and tracks on USB devices are displayed:
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 243
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2667

^ The time period for playlists, genres, artists, albums and tracks on USB devices to be displayed depends upon the number of audio files on
the final device. In the case of a device with 80GB storage and 15,000 audio files, for example, this could take several hours.

5. The iPod can't be fully operated through the vehicle audio system:

^ For use of an Apple iPod, it is recommended to use the "Adapter cable for Apple iPod" (Y-cable). If the Apple iPod is connected using the
USB connector cable supplied with the iPod, the iPod is activated as a USB MSC device. This is only possible if the iPod has been
configured accordingly, using iTunes, and formatted using an FAT file system (Windows systems only, not Mac). In addition, no access to
the playlists is possible in this operating mode and the DRM-protected audio files cannot be played.

6. Distortions through the audio system when the device is connected to the cigar lighter for charging:

^ There are malfunctions and audio interference, if a device is connected to both the USB connector and the 12V socket. Depending on the
model, the USB devices may be supplied with power by the USB connector itself. This means that no additional power connection is
required, nor is one recommended.

7. USB hard drive is not working correctly:

^ Trouble-free operation of USB hard drives cannot be guaranteed. The power supply of the USB is not sufficient for most hard drives. Audio
interference may also occur. The use of hard drives is neither supported nor recommended.

8. iPod 3rd Generation is not working:

^ iPods of the 3rd generation are not supported.

9. With the CCC head unit, the browsing history is not stored. For example, if the list of artists is browsed and an artist is selected, the cursor will
appear at the beginning when returning to the artists list.

Normal operation.

10. There are malfunctions if a mobile phone is connected to the USB Audio Interface and paired with the Bluetooth hands-free system:

^ Some mobile phones deactivate Bluetooth if connected to USB.

Known issues

1. Intermittent inability to select and/or activate categories such as playlists, genres, artists, albums, and tracks after starting the vehicle with the
USB device already connected. This occurs if very few audio files (less than 70) are stored on the USB device:

^ Disconnect and/or reconnect the USB device, or store more audio files.

2. During operation, the entertainment source spontaneously switches from the audio device (iPod, MP3 player) to FM radio:

^ Program the vehicle with Progman V27.1 or higher. Refer to SI B65 30 07.

3. Message "Reading data" is permanently displayed:

^ Make a new selection; disconnect and/or reconnect the device; change the entertainment source and change back again; allow the vehicle to
enter sleep mode.

4. Message "No supported audio files found" is displayed when a playlist is selected:

^ If playlists and audio files are stored in different folders, absolute paths must be used, e.g., /dir1/dir2/track.mp3.

5. Interference is heard instead of an audio track after a vehicle start with a USB stick connected:

^ Select a new track manually, or skip forward or back.

ATTACHMENTS
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 244
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2668
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 245
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2669

view PDF attachment B650807Attachment_A.

Disclaimer
Technical Service Bulletin # 652607 Date: 090701

CCC(R) - CD/AUX/FM Volume Diagnostics

SI B 65 26 07
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS

July 2009
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B65 26 07 dated June 2008.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 246
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2670
CCC: Volume Differences between CD\AUX and FM after Programming

MODEL
E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series) with SA 609 CCC Navigation and SA 677 Top-HiFi

E60, E61 (5 Series) with SA609 CCC Navigation and SA677 Top HiFi

E63, E64 (6 Series)

Vehicles produced from 12/31/03 to 2/28/08

SITUATION
After the vehicle was programmed with Progman V25.00.00 (E89x-07-03-510, E060-03-07-510 or later), significant differences in volume could
be heard when switching between audio sources. This is most noticeable when switching from CD or AUX to FM. The FM radio volume is much
quieter.

CAUSE
CCC (Car Communication Computer) software error

[NEW] PROCEDURE
This problem has been integrated into ISTA diagnostics. Follow diagnostics and the relevant test plan using the latest ISTA version. The test plan
can be accessed via "Fault pattern" troubleshooting. Refer to SI B65 06 07 for information about "Fault pattern" troubleshooting.

WARRANTY INFORMATION

Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Disclaimer

Technical Service Bulletin # 653205 Date: 090701

CCC(R) - CD/CDC Track Counter Diagnostics

SI B 65 32 05
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS

July 2009
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B65 32 05 dated March 2007.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
CCC: CD/CDC Track Counter Advances After Mute Selected

MODEL
E90, E91, E92 (3 Series) with CCC-Navigation SA 609

E60, E61 (5 Series) with CCC-Navigation SA 609

E63, E64 (6 Series)

E70 (X5) with CCC-Navigation SA 609

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 247
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2671

SITUATION
While the customer is listening to an audio CD in the CCC (Car Communication Computer) or the CDC (CD Changer), one or more of the
following situations can occur since the vehicle software was updated
with CIP 16.1 or higher:

1. The customer presses the rotary knob to mute the audio and turns the controller to highlight the next track; the track counter starts to advance.

2. The customer presses the rotary knob to mute the audio and turns the ignition off. The vehicle enters sleep mode and then the customer turns the
ignition back on; the audio is still muted, but the track counter is advancing.

CAUSE
CCC software error

WARRANTY INFORMATION

Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Disclaimer

Technical Service Bulletin # 652309 Date: 090701

Audio System - RAD2(R) Volume Fluctuation

SI B 65 23 09
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS

July 2009
Technical Service

SUBJECT
RAD2: Audio Volume Fluctuates

MODEL
E82, E88 *(1 Series) from start of production

E90, E91, E92, E93 *(3 Series) from 09/2007

*with option 663 (Radio Professional, RAD2) and option 677 (HIFI System Professional)

SITUATION
In all audio modes (radio, CD, AUX-In, etc.), the audio volume fluctuates and is distorted if the bass is turned up.

The situation occurs if the vehicle is moving or standing still.

CAUSE
Coding issue in the RAD2 radio

CORRECTION
Do not replace parts!

Encode the RAD2 radio individually using ISTA/P 2.33.1 or later.

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 248
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2672

Note that ISTA/P will automatically reprogram and code all programmable control modules that do not have the latest software.

For information on programming and coding with ISTA/P, refer to CenterNet / Aftersales Portal /Service / Workshop Technology / Vehicle
Programming.

WARRANTY INFORMATION

Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 841208 Date: 090601

Telematics Control Unit (TCU) - Diagnostic Information

SI B 84 12 08
Communication Systems

June 2009
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B84 12 08 dated November 2008.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
TCU Symptom Diagnosis

MODEL
E82, E88 (1 Series) with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639)

E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series) with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639)

E60, E61 (5 Series)

E63, E64 (6 Series)

E65, E66 (7 Series) from 3/2005

E70 (X5) with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639)

E71 (X6) with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639)

[NEW] F01, F02 (7 Series)

SITUATION
[NEW] With the release of ISTA Technical Data D2.9.0, TCU (Telematics Control Unit) symptom diagnosis is available, which makes it possible
to diagnose a customer complaint related to the following areas:

^ Programming and coding

Bluetooth telephone systems

^ Hands-free voice quality and audio output

^ Snap-in adapter and eject box

^ Telematics functions
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 249
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2673

CAUSE
The TCU is a complex control module with a large number of possible fault profiles. This added diagnosis via symptom troubleshooting enhances
the ability to properly diagnose the "symptom" on the vehicle, rather than just the fault codes that are stored, if any. This ensures a more reliable
diagnosis the first time.

INFORMATION
The following is a list of all symptoms which are available in the test plan. Some symptoms may not be available for all vehicles. Some symptoms
may not pertain to features which are available in this market.

^ "Programming and encoding of the TCU is not possible or aborts"

^ "Only E65. The customer has lost the Bluetooth passkey"

^ "The mobile phone cannot be connected to the vehicle"

^ "After switching on terminal R, the Bluetooth snap-in adapter is not automatically reconnected with the vehicle"

^ "Implausible response of the telephone system on call waiting, brokering, telephone conference"

^ "After calling a phone number that is engaged (busy), no call can be placed for some time. Shortly thereafter, 'terminated' appears on the
Control Display"l Display"

^ "The telephone call is terminated against the user's wishes and an inappropriate text message is displayed in the Control Display"

^ "The person on the terrestrial side (i.e., telephone on the outside of the vehicle) cannot understand the person in the vehicle (only Bluetooth
mobile phone)"

^ "The person in the vehicle cannot understand the person on the terrestrial side (i.e., telephone outside of the vehicle, only Bluetooth mobile
phone)"

^ "The telephone is not output across the loudspeakers in the hands-free mode"

^ "Poor voice quality (call via hands-free system)"

^ "Sporadic call interruptions"

^ "When the vehicle is started during an active call, the call is lost for approximately 20 seconds"

^ "The conversational partner outside the vehicle hears an echo of his own voice (call via hands-free system)"

^ "When the mobile phone is placed in the snap-in adapter, the displayed signal strength falls or disappears"

^ "The mobile phone engaged in the snap-in adapter is not charged or only partially charged"

^"The telephone book is only partially transferred"

^ "An SMS is not transferred from the mobile phone to the display"

^ "General malfunction when Assist services are used"

^ "BMW Assist without function in the border zone"

^ "The status bar still displays foreign network providers, even when far away from the border"

^ "The Check Control message 'Fault in SOS emergency call system' is displayed"

^ "When BMW Online is started, the message 'the telephone is already being used by BMW Assist service' appears, although the vehicle user has
not started a BMW Assist service"

^ "Initialization of Telematics services cannot be started"

^ "Initialization of BMW Assist services can be selected, but the status bar shows no progress"

^ "The data are not transferred for a BWM Assist call"

^ "The position data are not transferred for a BMW Assist call, or only transferred imprecisely"

[NEW] PROCEDURE USING ISTA D2.13.0 OR HIGHER

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 250
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2674

1. It is always important to try and duplicate the customer complaint first.

2. These test plans are only valid using compatible handsets.

3. [NEW] Using ISTA D2.13.0 or higher, perform a vehicle test on the vehicle and troubleshoot any relevant faults.

4. Select "Display fault memory".

5. Select "Fault pattern".

6. Select "System Oriented".

7. Select "8400 Telecommunication".

8. Select "840001 Fault-pattern catalogue, telephone system".

9. Select "Accept fault pattern" and "Calculate test plan".

10. [NEW] Select "ABL B8400-00361-TCU MOST fault patterns, telephone systems". For the F01 or F02, select "ABL AT8400_FB_TCU-fault
patterns, TCU telematics control unit".

11. Continue in the test plan until diagnosis is finished. Note any "DIAGCODE" that is displayed in the test plan.

12. Please report any errors in the test plan via Diagnosis Feedback. Refer to SI B07 06 08 for more information.

WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 640609 Date: 090801

A/C - Droning Noises With The A/C ON

SI B 64 06 09
Heating and Air Conditioning

August 2009
Technical Service

SUBJECT
Droning From the Engine Compartment When Using Air Conditioner

MODEL
E82, E88 (1 Series)

E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series)

SITUATION
When the air conditioning system is in operation, a droning noise from the engine compartment may be heard. In addition, vibrations may be felt
through the steering wheel at engine speeds of between 900 and 1,100 rpm.

The noise is no longer present when the air conditioner system is switched off. Additionally, there may be a complaint of diminished cooling
output.

CAUSE
Insufficient refrigerant in the cooling circuit

CORRECTION
Do not replace parts.

Check the fill level of the air conditioning system (note that vehicles up to September 1, 2005 had 500 grams of refrigerant). If necessary perform
additional leak diagnosis and repair.

Refill the system with 590 +/- 10 grams of R134a, regardless of the production date of the vehicle. Refer to Repair Instruction REP 64 50 009
(Drawing off evacuating and filling A/C system [R134a]).
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 251
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2675

WARRANTY INFORMATION

Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Sublet Code 4** $1.00

** Reimbursement of up to the amount listed may be charged to sublet code 4 for adding R134a refrigerant.

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 640509 Date: 090901

A/C - Water Leaks Into Footwell Area

SI B 64 05 09
Heating and Air Conditioning

September 2009
Technical Service

SUBJECT
Water from the Air Conditioning System in Footwell

MODEL
E82, E88 (1 Series)

E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series)

Vehicles produced up to November 25, 2008

Water leaks into either the driver's or the passenger's side footwell during fast cornering.

In sufficient sealing at the point of contact between the air conditioning system and the condensation drain hose

Replace the retaining ring for the condensation drain hose.

1. Lower the transmission (refer to transmission-specific repair instructions) in order to be able to access the condensation drain hose.

2. Remove the condensation drain hose.

3. Remove the retaining ring for the condensation drain hose (from inside the vehicle, inset in the floor trim. If necessary, the retaining ring may
be destroyed for easier removal).
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 252
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2676

4. Check that the index number of the replacement retaining ring is 5 or greater.

5. Install the replacement retaining ring.

6. Reinstall the condensation drain hose from the underside of the vehicle, making sure that it rests snugly against the air conditioner unit. Pull on
the hose to confirm that it is firmly in position.

7. Raise the transmission and assemble it into its original position. Reinstall any removed parts.

PARTS INFORMATION

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 110809 Date: 090901

Engine - Oil Leak R/H Side Of Engine Crankcase

SI B 11 08 09
Engine

September 2009
Technical Service

SUBJECT
Engine Oil Leak

MODEL
All E82, E83, E88, E85, E86, E60, E61, E70, E90, E91, E92 and E93
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 253
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2677
vehicles with N51, N52 or N52K engines

SITUATION

An engine oil leak can be seen coming from the right side of the engine crankcase near the coolant port. Removing the coolant pipe shows that the
oil leak can be evident from the separation of the two crankcase materials (aluminum and magnesium) or one of the coolant pipe attachment bolt
holes.

Separation (1) between aluminium and magnesium portion of the engine crankcase. Engine oil leaking from separation or bolt hole (2).

CAUSE

The cause is a very small leak at the main oil galley between the aluminum and the magnesium portion of the engine crankcase.

PROCEDURE

Do not attempt to reseal. Resealing may cause engine oil leakage to enter the cooling system resulting in contamination and further damage to the
cooling system components. The engine crankcase will need to be replaced. This replacement requires a TeileClearing PuMA case.

WARRANTY INFORMATION

Information only

Technical Service Bulletin # 330408 Date: 090801

Drivetrain - Rear End Click/Crack Noise On Load Change

SI B33 04 08
Rear Axle

August 2009
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B33 04 09 dated October 2008.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

The differential input flange mating surface with the input drive pinion is insufficiently greased.

E82 and E88 (1 Series), all models

E85 and E86 (Z4), all models

E60 and E61 (5 Series), all models

E63 and E64 (6 Series), all models

E65 and E66 (7 Series), all models

E90, E91, E92 and E93 (3 Series), all models

The customer complains that a single cracking or clicking noise can be heard from the rear of the vehicle while engaging a drive gear, releasing the
clutch, during load reversal (shifting from reverse to drive, etc.), or when accelerating from a stationary position.

This is not a failure of the differential assembly. Do not replace the complete differential.

Remove the differential drive flange in accordance with Repair Instruction RA 33 11 021.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 254
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2678

Apply lubricant [NEW] P/N 83 23 0 443 864 on the input flange mating surface (1), as described in the illustration.

Before complete reassembly. replace the input flange seal and collar nut retaining plate as described in RA 33 01 021. Refer to the EPC for correct
part numbers, based on model.

PARTS INFORMATION

WARRANTY INFORMATION

Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 651609 Date: 090901

Audio System - RAD2(R) - Display/Audio Inoperative

SI B65 16 09
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS

September 2009
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B65 16 09 dated June 2009.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

MODEL
E82, E88 *(1 Series) from start of production
E89 *(Z4) from start of production
E90, E91, E92, E93 *(3 Series) from 09/2007
*with option 663 (Radio Professional, RAD2)

SITUATION

The radio is intermittently inoperative.

^ No audio output

^ No radio display function

The radio operates correctly when switched on again after sleep mode.

CAUSE

Software issue in the RAD2

[NEW] CORRECTION

Do not replace parts! Program and encode the vehicle using ISTA/P 2.35.1 or later.

Note that ISTA/P will automatically reprogram and code all programmable control modules that do not have the latest software.

For information on programming and coding with ISTA/P, refer to CenterNet / Aftersales Portal / Service / Workshop Technology / Vehicle
Programming.

[NEW] WARRANTY INFORMATION

Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Technical Service Bulletin # 651209 Date: 090901

Audio System - RADII(R) Audio Intermittently Inoperative

SI B 65 12 09
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS

September 2009
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B65 12 09 dated June 2009.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
RAD2: Audio Is Intermittently Inoperative

MODEL
E82, E88 *(1 Series) from start of production
E89 * (Z4) from start of production
E90, E91, E92, E93 *(3 Series) from 09/2007

*with option 663 (Radio Professional, RAD2) and option 677 (HIFI SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL)

SITUATION

The radio is intermittently inoperative with the ignition on.

^ Only the time and date can be displayed

^ No audio output

The radio operates correctly when switched on again after sleep mode.

CAUSE

Software issue in the RAD2

[NEW] CORRECTION

Do not replace parts! Program and encode the vehicle using ISTA/P 2.35.1 or later.

Note that ISTA/P will automatically reprogram and code all programmable control modules that do not have the latest software.

For information on programming and coding with ISTA/P, refer to CenterNet / Aftersales Portal / Service / Workshop Technology / Vehicle
Programming.

[NEW] WARRANTY INFORMATION

Technical Service Bulletin # 652609 Date: 090901

Cell Phone - iPhone(R) Not Charging With USB Interface

SI B 65 26 09
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS

September 2009
Technical Service

SUBJECT
iPhone Doesn't Charge When Connected To The USB Audio Interface

MODEL
All models with factory-equipped USB Audio Interface (option 6FL)

SITUATION
The iPhone 3G and 3GS do not charge when connected to the USB audio interface via the Y-cable. The following two messages can be displayed
on the iPhone 3GS screen:

^ "THIS ACCESSORY IS NOT MADE TO WORK WITH iPHONE" (When a iPhone 3GS is connected via the Y-cable to the USB audio
interface).

^ "CHARGING IS NOT SUPPORTED WITH THIS ACCESSORY" (If a iPhone 3GS is connected via an aftermarket USB cable to the USB
audio interface, but only to the USB connector).

CAUSE
The iPhone 3G and 3GS are not compatible for charging through the USB audio interface.

INFORMATION
Do not replace parts.

Inform the customer that Apple introduced a new charging protocol with the iPhone 3G and 3GS.

As a result, the devices will not charge through the USB audio interface.

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 650607 Date: 091001

CCC(R) - Symptom Troubleshooting

SI B65 06 07
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS

October 2009
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B65 06 07 dated January 2009.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
CCC Symptom Troubleshooting

MODEL
E82, E88 (1 Series) with CCC-Navigation SA 609 up to 9/2008

E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series) with CCC-Navigation SA 609 up to 9/2008

E60, E61 (5 Series) with CCC-Navigation SA 609

E63, E64 (6 Series)

E70 (X5) with CCC-Navigation SA 609

E71 (X6) with CCC-Navigation SA 609

SITUATION
[NEW] With the release of ISTA D2.16.0, symptom troubleshooting has been improved for the CCC (Car Communication Computer).

CAUSE
The CCC is a complex control module with a large number of possible fault profiles. This added diagnosis via symptom troubleshooting enhances
the ability to properly diagnose the "symptom" on the vehicle, rather than just the fault codes that are stored, if any. This ensures a more reliable
diagnosis the first time.

[NEW] PROCEDURE

1. It is always important to duplicate the customer complaint first.

2. Using ISTA D2.16.0 or higher, perform a vehicle test on the vehicle and troubleshoot any relevant faults.

3. Select "Information search".

4. Select "Text search".

5. Select "Search for document title".

6. Type in the "Search term:" box "W6590_WAS2-CCC".

7. Select "ABL W6590_WAS2-CCC: Malfunction" and "Display" to run the test plan.

8. Select the applicable fault symptom; if the fault symptom table is not displayed in the test plan, refer to the attached list of fault symptoms based
on the software level of the vehicle.

Finish the test plan, noting any DIAGCODE that is generated during the test plan.

WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only

ATTACHMENTS
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 258
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2682
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 259
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2683
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 260
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2684
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 261
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2685
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 262
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2686
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 263
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2687
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 264
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2688
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 265
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2689
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 266
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2690
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 267
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2691
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 268
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2692
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 269
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2693
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 270
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2694

view PDF attachment B650607CCC_Fault_Patterns.

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 340409 Date: 091001

Brakes - Brake Rotor Removal Procedures/Precautions

SI B 34 04 09
Brakes

October 2009
Technical Service

SUBJECT
Repair Procedures - Brake Disc/Rotor Removal

INFORMATION

Due to exposure to various environmental conditions, corrosion can form at the wheel's center hub, making it difficult to remove the brake disc
during service work. In order to avoid damage to other system components, the instructions in the Repair Manual must be adhered to when
removing the brake discs.

Do not remove the brake disc by striking the friction area with a hammer or other tool. Excess force applied to the brake disc can result in damage
to the drive flange, wheel bearing, carrier, and/or CV joint.

To aid in the removal of the brake disc, a suitable puller (2) can be used. When using a puller (2) to remove the disc, two wheel lugs (1) should be
used to support the disc when it is separated from the drive flange.

WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only

Technical Service Bulletin # 512909 Date: 090901

Body - Windshield Urethane Sealant Information

SI B 51 29 09
Body Equipment

September 2009
Technical Service

SUBJECT
1-Hour Windshield Urethane

MODEL
All models

INFORMATION
A "1-hour" system windshield urethane is currently available (PN 83 19 0 147 369) and should be used in place of the previous "1-day" system (PN
83 19 0 444 141).

The primary advantage to the "1-hour" system is a significantly quicker curing time.

The properties of the "1-hour" system are comparable to that of the "1-day" system, but the curing time is reduced from 9 hours to 1 hour.

The "1-hour" system is applied at room temperature and with the same procedure as the "1-day" system.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 272
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2696

For additional details and precautions regarding the use of the "1-hour" urethane for windshield replacement refer to Repair Instruction REP 51
31... "Instructions on gluing windscreen"

WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only.

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 513109 Date: 090901

Body - Power Folding Mirror Position Incorrect

SI B 51 31 09
Body Equipment

September 2009
Technical Service

SUBJECT
Power Fold Mirror Position Incorrect

MODEL
E60, E61 (5 Series) equipped with power fold mirrors

E63, E64 (6 Series) equipped with power fold mirrors

E82, E88 (1 Series) equipped with power fold mirrors
E85, E86, E89 (Z4) equipped with power fold mirrors
E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series) equipped with power fold mirrors
F01, F02 (7 Series)

SITUATION

One or both mirrors appear to have folded out further than the standard position. The incorrect position of the mirror housing is typically not
visually noticeable and as such, the customer typically states that the mirror glass is not in the stored position. Folding the mirror in and out does
not restore the correct mirror housing position.

CAUSE

The mirror has shifted outward from its standard home position. The new position is now stored as the home position.

CORRECTION

Do not replace any parts.

Reset the mirror home position using the following procedure.

PROCEDURE

1. Fold the mirror in using the power fold button on the door switch block.

2. Grasp the folding part of the mirror and fold it outward manually. The mirror housing will disengage from the mirror base and will now be in the
breakaway position.

3. Operate the mirror via the power fold button. The mirror will now fold out past the expected end stop.

4. Operate the mirror via the power fold button again to fold the mirror in. When the mirror is fully folded in, the motor will continue to run until a
clicking and/or popping sound is heard. This sound is the mirror housing resetting its position.

5. Fold the mirror back out, using the power fold button to ensure it has folded out to the correct position.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 273
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2697

WARRANTY INFORMATION

Technical Service Bulletin # 652505 Date: 090801

Audio System - HD Radio(R) Functionality/Diagnosis

SI B65 25 05
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS

August 2009
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI 65 25 05 dated January 2009.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
HD Radio(TM) - Functionality and Diagnosis

MODEL
[NEW]All models with factory-equipped HD radio(TM) (option 653)

Note:
Beginning with March 2007 production, all BMW models offer HD radio(TM) with multicasting, and HD radio(TM) can be ordered with Real
Time Traffic Information (RTTI).

Important:
HD radio(TM) cannot be retrofitted. There is no retrofit kit and procedure available.

INFORMATION
The company iBiquity Digital Corporation is the sole developer of HD radio(TM) technology with input from radio broadcasters, consumer
electronics and broadcast equipment manufacturers, automakers, retailers, and consumers.

iBiquity Digital's IBOC (In-Band On-Channel) Digital Audio Broadcasting technology provides for enhanced sound fidelity, improved reception
and new wireless data services. This enhancement to AM and FM will offer tremendous growth opportunities for broadcasters, manufacturers,
retailers and automotive manufacturers.

What does "HD" stand for?

Originally, the initials "HD" stood for "Hybrid Digital" because the digital signals were carried with the analog wave. According to iBiquity Digital
Corporation, that has been changed and the letters "HD" now do not stand for anything. Some articles and news stories have erroneously assumed
that "HD" stands for "high definition", which has contributed to the confusion between HD radio(TM) technology and high-definition TV.

The term "HD radio" is iBiquity Digital Corporation's trademarked name for their digital audio broadcasting technology, which has become the
IBOC standard adopted for the United States.

How is HD radio(TM) different than current FM and AM radio?

HD radio(TM) is a new technology that enables AM and FM radio stations to broadcast their programs digitally, a tremendous technological leap
from today's familiar analog broadcasts.

Because HD radio(TM) signals are digital, they aren't subject to atmospheric interference in the way that current FM and AM signals are.
Background crackle and hiss are eliminated. The effect is similar to the difference between CDs and records.

How does HD radio(TM) sound?

Check it out www.hdradio.com/how_does_hd_digital_radio_sound.php

What is HD2?

HD2 is the term that multicasting stations are using for their secondary digital-only channel. Some stations are using this second channel to offer
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 274
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2698
more specialized programming, such as classical opera, electronica, Latin hits, etc.

What happens if the HD radio(TM) signal is no longer available?

If the HD radio(TM) tuner loses the station's digital signal,it will automatically switch over to the analog signal broadcast at the same frequency.
There may be a slight break in the sound when this happens. When the tuner is back in range of the selected station's HD radio signal, it will
automatically go back to the digital broadcast.

NOTE:
This only happens on HD 1 radio stations (primary digital channel). On secondary digital-only channels (HD2) or any additional HD
subchannels (HD3, HD4, etc.), the audio is muted when no digital signal is available.

On BMW vehicles, "Acquiring" and/or "No HD" is shown in the display to inform the customer.

BENEFITS OF HD RADIO(TM)

^ FM broadcasts have CD-quality sound.

^ AM broadcasts will sound as good as today's analog FM stereo.

^ Static-free without pops, hiss and fades

^ New data services~ such as scrolling text displayed on a radio screen with song titles and artist names

^ No subscription fees. It is FREE for consumers, just like today's analog AM and FM radio.

^ Easy transition for broadcasters and consumers by using the existing infrastructure and spectrum while, at the same time, preserving the
existing analog service for as long as needed

^ Continue listening to local AM/FM stations on existing analog radios as well as on new HD radio(TM) receivers, with all the added services
and benefits that HD radio(TM) offers.

FREQUENT CAUSES OF HD RADIO(TM) COMPLAINTS

Audio is muted intermittently when an HD2 or HD3 digital-only channel is selected.

^ This is normal operation, since there is no analog signal broadcast for that station.

The HD signal often switches back and forth and/or fewer HD radio stations are available at night.

^ Many smaller AM radio stations are required to sign off or reduce power sharply at sunset.

An "echo" sound can be heard during the switchover.

^ HD radio stations are NOT time-aligning their analog signals with the digital signals.

Sound switches between digital and analog audio quality.

^ Reception is at the edge of a listenable area.

Crackling or static can be heard when HD is inactive.

^ Signal transmission problems

Crackling or static can be heard all the time.

^ Poor antenna connections

^ Poor electrical connections (ground or power)

Environmental conditions

^ Driving through valleys or between tall buildings

DIAGNOSIS
Effective radio diagnosis starts with screening the complaint. When a customer complains about a radio problem, it is very important to screen such
complaints (as explained above), prior to turning the car in for diagnosing and repairing.

1. Get a detailed description of the complaint from the customer, including the precise circumstances under which the problem occurs.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 275
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2699

2. Whenever possible, the customer should be asked to demonstrate the problem.

3. If the problem is caused by external interference, ask the customer which stations or frequencies are delivering poor reception. This will help to
determine whether the problem is location or distance-related.

4. Through the customer interview, try to determine whether the problem is intermittent or constant.

5. Determine whether the problem is weather or temperature-related.

Once all pertinent information relating to the complaint has been gathered, perform the following steps:

1. Verify the customer complaint and attempt to duplicate the problem. Find out if the problem occurs on AM band, FM band or both. Refer to the
attached HD radio(TM) Troubleshooting Guide (updated).

2. On vehicles with rear window defogger/grid antennas, thoroughly clean the inside of the rear window with BMW Window Cleaner, using a
lint-free cloth to eliminate any conductive coatings on the glass. The grids can easily be damaged by rubbing too strongly or using an abrasive
detergent.

3. Check existing Service Information bulletins (refer to SI B65 01 04 "AM/FM Radio Reception Problems - Radio/Antenna Diagnosis") in order
to determine whether a service procedure has already been developed for the problem in question. If an SI for the problem is available,
troubleshooting can begin as described in that bulletin.

4. If no information can be found in existing Service Information bulletins, it is your responsibility to decide what the logical source of the
problem might be, by troubleshooting the vehicle itself If the problem appears to be in a sound system component other than the radio - or
perhaps some other component of the vehicle - the entire system should be diagnosed.

5. Through system diagnosis, it is possible to find things like a loose ground wire on the antenna, or a pinched speaker cable.

FUNCTIONALITY
HD radio(TM}

The HD radio(TM) system is designed to permit a smooth transition from current analog Amplitude Modulation (AM) and Frequency Modulation
(FM) radios to a fully digital In-Band On-Channel (IBOC) system known as HD radio(TM). This system delivers digital audio and data services to
mobile, portable, and fixed receivers from terrestrial transmitters in the existing Medium Frequency (AM) and Very High Frequency (FM) radio
bands. It allows digital radio signals to ride the same airwaves as analog AM/FM radio. Broadcasters may continue to transmit analog AM and FM
simultaneously with the new, higher-quality and more robust digital signals, allowing themselves and their listeners to convert from analog to
digital radio while maintaining their current frequency allocations.

1. Stations bundle analog and digital audio signals (with textual data, such as artist and song information, weather and traffic, and more).

2. The digital signal layer is compressed using iBiquity's HDC compression technology.

3. The combined analog and digital signals are transmitted.

4. 4. The most common form of interference, multipath distortion, occurs when part of a signal bounces off an object and arrives at the receiver at
a different time than the main signal. HD radio(TM) receivers are designed to sort through the reflected signals and reduce static~ hiss, pops,
and fades.

5. 5. The signal is compatible with HD radio(TM) receivers and analog radios.

In much the same way that a portable CD player digitally stores a short passage of music in order to overcome any momentary interruptions, the
interleaver approach, incorporated into IBOC technology, further enhances performance. By "caching" or storing the broadcast into short-term
memory, the interleaver allows for the uninterrupted transition between analog and digital signal within the same channel, in order to avoid the
drop-off that might occur due to a bridge or other obstruction. In order to deliver instantaneous tuning, the interleaver also seamlessly enables the
initial selection of the analog signal and subsequent transition to the digital signal, once properly cached. Compression of audio data will increase
transmission without losing sound quality.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 276
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2700

By employing the above techniques incorporating multiple digital signal techniques, such as redundant sidebands, blend, first adjacent cancellation,
and code and power sharing, iBiquity Digital's IBOC technology is designed to capture a superior robust signal within a station's coverage area.
This ensures delivery of the benefits of HD radio(TM) technology.

Provided that sufficient signal strength is available, customers with HD radio(TM) receivers will receive CD-quality sound in the FM band, along
with song title and artist information where available, and FM quality sound in the AM band (AM stereo), along with song title and artist
information, where available. HD radio(TM) reception range is slightly less than the analog reception range. The HD radio(TM) receiver will revert
back (known as a blend) to the analog signal at the edge of coverage. Also, when first tuning into the station, the analog audio will play first, and
then the radio will blend over to the digital audio afier a short period of time.

Important:
The Federal Communications Commission (FCC), which regulates US radio transmissions, only allows transmitting of the HD digital signal
with a radiated power of "1% of the effective radiated power". For example, if the effective radiated power is 600 watts, the radiated power for
the HD digital signal is only 6 watts!

For a complete list of on-air and licensed stations, go to the iBiquity website:

www.hdradio.com/find_an_hd_digital_radio_station.php

Multicast

Multicasting is a big deal for radio stations and listeners alike. A radio station can now better serve its listeners. For instance, a public radio station
can broadcast morning jazz music on one "channel" and morning talk programming on another "channel" (same radio station; same frequency on
the dial; but multiple options for the listener). Commercial radio stations will be able to branch out into multiple formats - rock and country~ for
example. Now consider the possibilities if all of the radio stations in an area have the ability to offer two or three channels for the listener to choose
from.

In addition to duplicating their analog programming with an HD radio(TM) broadcast, stations can subdivide the digital portion of their signal. This
allows a station to "multicast" - that is, to broadcast two or more programs simultaneously. Listeners might have a choice of say, a sports game or
music.

Being digital only, these additional channels could only be received on an HD radio(TM) tuner. But just as cable TV allowed specialized networks
to flourish, multicasting provides the potential for stations to offer more niche programming - ultimately giving the listener a greater variety of
formats to choose from.

Finding an HD2 channel on the radio dial

While multicast channels today are commercial and subscription-free, consumers do need an HD radio(TM) receiver that can receive multicast
channels. For the most part, to find new HD2 channels, listeners turn the dial from channel to channel in the same manner that they have always
tuned in to their favorite radio stations. HD radio(TM) products detect digital and multicast station availability and tune to
these stations automatically.

Of the more than 1,100 stations across the country broadcasting with HD radio(TM) technology, more than 500 FM stations are offering a second
(HD2) and, in many cases, a third (HD3) multicast channel.

For more information, visit: http ://www.ibiquity.com/hd_radio/hdradio_multicasting

ABOUT SIGNAL COVERAGE AREA AND INTERFERENCE

Useful coverage area

How far away from the radio station being listened to is it possible to receive an HD digital radio signal?

That depends on the local terrain, other radio stations in the area, and man-made interference. All of these things can affect how well a radio station
can be received.

Each radio station has a local, distant and fringe coverage area defined by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC), which regulates US
radio transmissions.

Local coverage is the area where the radio signal is strong, and almost any radio should get good or acceptable reception.

Distant coverage requires a good antenna; smaller portable radios or car radios may not receive the signal or have distortion.

Fringe coverage is the area where reception is possible only with a good stationary external antenna, if at all.

For more technical and overall information (location, coverage, etc.) on radio stations, go to:

www.radio-locator.com

An HD radio(TM) should get reliable digital signals in the local coverage area, and may get digital signals in distant coverage areas, depending on
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 277
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2701
the environment. In fringe areas, radios usually don't receive digital signals because, unlike a traditional analog signal that fades out when traveling
away from it, the digital signal will simply disappear when the signal isn't strong enough.

Note:
Interference can cause radio reception to vary significantly from one location to another~ even in the same area and/or region.

The antenna

Since HD radio(TM) technology utilizes the same frequencies as traditional AM and FM radio, the antenna system remains the same.

Note:
Therefore, the same problems that occur with normal AM/FM antennas are applicable for HD radio(TM) systems.

Many of the problems that occur with a car and not with a home stereo system stem from the differences between home and car antennas. The car
antenna is often multi-directional for tuning in the best possible reception, and a home antenna always remains in one place.

On the other hand, the antenna in a car is much smaller. It sits close to the ground rather than being high in the air and it is always in motion, with
rotational movement from the antenna and natural obstacles affecting reception distance.

Given the difficult job car antennas are asked to perform, should problems with AM/FM reception be encountered by customers, it is most likely
not the fault of the BMW radio.

The stations the customer is able to receive will depend largely upon signal strength. This varies depending upon the time of day, the season and
other factors.

FM reception

FM reception - which can include the car's local weather band station - usually has better sound quality than AM reception. However, unlike AM
waves, FM signals are weaker, delivering reception for only about forty to fifty miles, under even the best conditions.

HD radio(TM) receivers Will have slightly less reception range than the traditional FM signal. The radio will blend back to FM analog at the edge
of the digital coverage area.

FM signals transmission situation

With FM signals, several problems can occur as a result of the way in which these signals travel and their relative lack of strength.

HD radio(TM) signals are generally immune to the traditional FM analog problems.

"Dead Spots"

The first of these problems is called a "dead spot". If a direct FM wave and a reflected FM wave reach the car antenna at the same time, they will
cancel each other out.

These "dead spots" will be eliminated with the HD radio(TM) receiver.

"Multipath"

The second problem specific to FM signals is called "multipath". This is similar to a dead spot in that two stations are fighting for the same general
frequency. A "multipath" is an area in which a reflected FM signal is occupying a frequency very close to that of a direct signal. If the reflected
wave is stronger than the direct wave, the result will be a fluttering sound as the car passes through that area. This happens very often in inner-city
areas.

HD radio(TM) signals are designed to be robust in "multipath" environments, eliminating this fluttering effect. HD radio(TM) receivers are
designed to sort through the reflected signals and reduce static, hiss, pops, and fades.

iBiquity Digital's IBOC technology overcomes multipath interference and sources of noise through the use of proprietary coding and
power-combining techniques. This proprietary approach to error correction utilizes digital processors and powerful algorithms to constantly
compare the quality of the two digital sideband transmissions. It combines them to deliver additional power gain whenever possible, and when not
possible, seamlessly switching to the more powerful of the two.

"Fading"

The third problem often encountered with FM signals is called "fading". "Fading" occurs as the car is leaving the effective reception range of the
FM station. The signal becomes weak and fuzzy. Because the range of most FM stations is only about forty miles, fading may be experienced quite
often during long trips - and even in a motorist's own neighborhood - if a particular FM station is broadcasting forty miles away or more.

HD radio(TM) receivers have slightly less reception range than traditional FM signals. At the edge of coverage, the radio will blend back to the
analog signal.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 278
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2702

"Station Swapping"

Another problem often heard when listening to an FM signal is called "station swapping". An FM receiver is designed to search for and lock onto
the strongest signal in any area. However, if there are two stations in a given area that are broadcasting on very close frequencies, the radio may
"swap" back and forth between these two stations, depending on which signal is stronger.

The HD radio(TM) audio will not be affected by "station swapping". The range of the digital signal may be slightly reduced in this circumstance.

"Sound is skipping"

The radio sound skips back and forth.

This happens when the HD radio(TM) station is not time-aligning its analog signal with the digital signal.

Stereo broadcasts

Stereo broadcasts have an effective range of only about forty miles - unlike mono broadcasts, whose effective range is usually about fifty miles.
This means that if someone is listening to an FM stereo broadcast and the car is thirty miles away from the transmitter, interference may be
experienced. With a mono broadcast, on the other hand, such interference will not be heard until the car is approximately forty to fifty miles away
from the transmitter.

HD radio(TM) signals are stereo up until the point that the signal blends back to analog at the edge of coverage. This is usually occurs somewhere
between the effective stereo and effective mono range of the station (in this case, 42 - 45 miles away from the transmitter).

This is normal operation, but the customer could complain of losing the stereo surround sound intermittently.

Note:
Sport events are not broadcasted in HD radio(TM) digital audio quality; they are still in mono (analog signal).

AM reception

AM radio waves generally deliver a powerful, continuous signal over more than a one-hundred mile radius from their point of origin - even in
mountainous or inner-city areas.

This is because AM waves are dispersed as ground waves, which follow the curvature of the earth, and space waves, which actually bounce off the
upper ionosphere, creating a downward route to the automobile, no matter where it is driven. This factor is much better at night, and also tends to
be better in winter than in summer.

Note:
Since they are in the same frequency band, AM HD radio(TM) signals are affected the same way as traditional AM signals. Their coverage area
is slightly reduced compared with that of AM analog signals.

AM signal transmission situation

The problem with AM reception is that it is highly susceptible to electrical interference from sources such as power lines, electrical storms, or even
from nearby vehicles.

HD radio(TM) signals (since they are digital) are generally more immune to this type of interference, but can still be affected by strong electrical
interference.

In this instance, the radio will revert to the analog signal.

Important:
In the United States, due to the large number of stations, many smaller AM stations are required to sign off or reduce power sharply at sunset, in
order to reduce interference with distant stations.

The FCC prohibits AM radio stations from transmitting HD digital quality after sunset.

This is due to the greater distances that AM signals can travel at night. At night, a strong HD digital signal from one location could interfere with
distant radio stations that are on a similar frequency.

Some AM radio stations are even required to reduce the power of their analog signal at night for the same reason.

For AM signals, the single most important factor for good reception is the time of day.

AM signals almost always get absorbed by the diffusion layer of the ionosphere during daylight hours. As a result, all AM signals received during
daylight hours will arrive by ground wave, making reception of signals over a few hundred miles away unusual in daylight.

ATTACHMENTS

view PDF attachment B652505HD_Radio_Troubleshooting_Guide. Technical Service Bulletin # 090207 Date: 090801

CCC(R) - Voice Recognition Enabling Code Requirement

SI B 09 02 07
Programming/Coding Explanations

August 2009
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B09 02 07 dated April 2009.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

CCC: Enabling Code (FSC) Required for Voice Recognition System

E82, E88 (1 Series) with CCC navigation (SA 609)

E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series) with CCC Navigation (SA 609)

E60, E61 (5 Series) with CCC Navigation (SA 609)

E63, E64 (6 Series)

E70 (X5) with CCC Navigation (SA 609)

E71 (X6) with CCC Navigation (SA 609)

SITUATION

^ The Loss of Voice Recognition System (SVS SA 620) functions afier programming with ISTA/P.

^ [NEW] If a CCC (Car Communication Computer) is replaced, a repair-enabling code must be ordered to activate the SVS function on the
replacement CCC.

CAUSE
Enabling codes (FSC) make it possible to link special functions to a vehicle. Without these enabling codes, these functions will not operate. In this
specific case, the enabling codes must be imported any time the Car Communication Computer (CCC) is replaced, in order to ensure that the SVS is
functioning properly. If the enabling codes are not imported during the programming procedure, the SVS function will not be available.

PROCEDURE
[NEW] All enabling codes for replacement parts must be ordered and downloaded via ASAP (Aftersales Assistance Portal).

[NEW] Refer to the attachment to this Service Information, which provides information on how to order and download the repair-enabling code
from ASAP.

If during the course of diagnosis, a CCC needs to be replaced, the only part that should be installed is a new part that has not been previously
installed in a vehicle. The CCC enabling code is VIN-specific and if installed in another vehicle, the SVS (Voice Input System) will not function.
Do not swap parts from donor vehicles.

IMPORTING OF ENABLING CODES INTO ISTA/P

Enabling codes that are downloaded via ASAP or PuMA are contained in a compressed file format. The file must be uncompressed, and the
contents copied to the root directory (not in a folder) of a USB stick or burned to a CD.

1. Plug the USB stick into the USB port on the ISSS or insert the CD into the DVD drive.

2. Start ISTA/P and select "Data management".

3. Select "Import activation code".

4. You will get a prompt to insert media; continue.

5. Select the activation code that corresponds to the vehicle you are working with.

6. The enabling code is now imported into ISTA/P and should be displayed with the "Certificate" field as "Present".

7. Start a new programming session and finish programming the vehicle (the enabling code will automatically be activated during the session).

8. Afier programming has finished, turn the ignition off and wait until the CCC is asleep (afier 4-5 minutes) and then check the SVS functionality.

No additional labor allowance; included in the allotted programming time

ATTACHMENTS
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 281
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2705
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 282
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2706
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 283
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2707

view PDF attachment B090207_Attachment.

Disclaimer

Technical Service Bulletin # 620208 Date: 091101

Instruments - Instrument Cluster Displays Go Blank

November 2009
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B62 02 08 dated October 2008.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
Instrument Cluster Center Displays Go Blank

MODEL
E90, E92, E93 (M3) with M DCT double-clutch transmission (option code 2MK)

Vehicles produced from August 31, 2007 to August 30, 2008

SITUATION
Both center instrument cluster displays go blank. They operate correctly again when the ignition is cycled "off" and "on"

Fault codes 9322 and/or 9323 and/or 9324 are stored in the instrument cluster (Kombi87).

CAUSE
Instrument cluster software

[NEW] CORRECTION
The problem has been integrated into ISTA diagnostics. Follow the diagnosis test plan using the latest ISTA version.

[NEW] WARRANTY INFORMATION

For information only

Disclaimer

Technical Service Bulletin # 110109 Date: 100101

Engine - CPO Engine Inspection Info.

SI B11 01 09
Engine

January 2010
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B11 01 09 dated March 2009.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
CPO Inspection Guidelines - Engine Inspection on Vehicles with Extended ("Overdue") Oil Service Intervals

MODEL
All

SITUATION

During the CPO inspection process, vehicles with a questionable service history may require further consideration prior to continuing with the CPO
inspection.

Such vehicles will fall into the category of "RTE must approve" when qualifying for the CPO Program, using the "CPO Service Guidelines -
Maintenance Tables" document (copy is shown at the end of this bulletin). This Service Information bulletin provides the engine inspection
procedure for vehicles with an extended ("overdue") service history.

In general, the high quality synthetic oils used in BMW engines provide sufficient protection against oxidation, nitration and thermal breakdown,
even in situations when the regular service maintenance was extended ("overdue"), due to the customer's neglect.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 285
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2709

However, certain external conditions (mainly city driving style and/or high engine loads; poor fuel quality; extreme ambient temperatures),
combined with excessively long oil service intervals, may accelerate engine oil degradation, which may cause premature wear of the engine
components.

Continuous city driving (stop & go traffic); fuels with high content of olefins; sulfur and certain aromatic fractions; and very high ambient
temperatures are the most influential factors causing premature oil aging and a consecutive engine mechanical deterioration.

If the vehicle falls into the category of "RTE must approve" (red zone in the table), the following steps need to be performed in order to determine
vehicle's CPO eligibility:

1. Remove the engine valve cover (on N62/N62TU and N73 engines, only from the left bank) and the oil filter housing.

2. To document the engine condition, digital pictures of the valvetrain; the inside surface of the valve cover; the oil filter insert; and the
identification plate from the left B-pillar must be taken.

3. Create and submit a PuMA case titled "CPO Engine Inspection", which should be categorized as shown above.

The submitted PuMA case must describe the vehicle's service history and must also have the pictures listed above (taken in "jpeg" format with low
resolution camera settings) shown.

[NEW] 4. Based on the information provided in the PuMA case, the RTE will qualify the vehicle for the CPO enrollment. If the RTE determines
that the vehicle's condition will disqualify it for the CPO Program, then he will reply to the "CPO Engine Inspection" case denying the approval for
the CPO Program.

[NEW] 5. If the RTE determines that the vehicle condition is acceptable for the enrollment in the CPO Program, then the RTE will reply to the
PuMA case approving the CPO enrollment.

[NEW] 6. The illustrations below are the examples of how the engine components should be photographed, and should be used as guidelines in the
inspection process.

Example #1:

Picture of the valvetrain components after the valve cover is removed (camshafts, VANOS units, timing chain, and eccentric shaft - if fitted, should
be visible)
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 286
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2710

Example # 2

Picture of the inside surface of the valve cover.

Example #3

Picture of the oil filter insert.

Example #4

Picture of the vehicle's identification plate from the B-pillar.

WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only

view PDF attachment B110109Maintenance_Tables.

Technical Service Bulletin # 070509 Date: 091101

Computers/Controls - ISTA/D DTC S0001 After Quick Delete

SI B 07 05 09
Workshop Environment Systems

November 2009
Technical Service

SUBJECT
ISTA/D Fault Code "S0001" Entries Still Present After Quick Delete

MODEL
All

SITUATION
When a vehicle test is performed and control modules are not responding (modules shown in yellow in the control module tree), a fault code
starting with an "S" and followed by a 4 digit number, such as "50001 No communication possible", is displayed. After finishing diagnosis and
deleting the fault memory of the vehicle, these control module faults are not deleted and are still displayed in the fault memory list.

These service fault code entries are known as virtual fault code entries for each control module that does not respond. However, when "Quick
delete" is performed and the service fault code entries are only momentarily deleted but return right away, this is an ISTA error.

ISTA will calculate the test plan to check the power supply of each control module that did not respond during the vehicle test.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 288
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2712

1. Complete the test plan(s) until the problem is identified and corrected.

2. Delete the fault memory by selecting "Start quick delete" from the "Fault memory" screen.

3. If the "S0001 No communication possible" faults are still displayed, switch to the "Vehicle test" screen.

4. Highlight the control module not responding (yellow).

5. Select "Call up ECU functions".

6. Select "ECU test".

7. Once "ECU status:" changes to "ECU responding", the service fault code entry for that control module is deleted from the fault memory list,
and the control module status in the "Vehicle test" screen turns to green.

8. Continue this procedure for each control module that did not respond during the initial vehicle test.

This error will be corrected in ISTA/D 2.19.0.

WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 610800 Date: 100101

Electrical System - Parasitic Draw Measurement

SI B 61 08 00
General Electrical Systems

January 2010
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B61 08 00 dated November 2009.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
Closed-circuit Current Measurement

MODEL
All

SITUATION

Increased closed-circuit currents may occur permanently or intermittently and cause the battery to discharge prematurely. The increase in
closed-circuit current may be caused by a faulty control unit, or by the installation of a non-approved accessory.

In a situation where a vehicle has broken down due to a discharged battery, for diagnostic purposes it is important not to disconnect the battery.
This is because a control unit will be reset if the battery is disconnected. Following a reset, the faulty control unit may start functioning correctly
again, making accurate diagnosis impossible.

To correctly measure closed-circuit current, the 50-amp clip-on probe (previously used with the MIB) can now be used in conjunction with the
IMIB (Integrated Measurement Interface Box) to properly diagnosis closed-circuit current problems over an extended period of time. Connect the
50-amp clip-on probe directly to the IMIB Measurement input 3 (green socket). Refer to SI B04 35 09 for information about the IMIB.

PROCEDURE

1. It is very important that any "Power management" faults stored be diagnosed and corrected, and the "Energy Diagnosis" test plan carried out
before the following procedure is performed.

2. Check and test the battery using the BMW Battery Tester. Refer to SI B 04 25 02 for information about the BMW Battery. If necessary, recharge
or replace the battery.

3. If the battery is installed in the trunk, open the trunk and turn the lock to the locked position, using a screwdriver or similar (simulates the trunk
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 289
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2713
lid being closed). The hood must be closed. If the battery is installed in the engine compartment, open the hood and pull the front lid contact switch
fully up, and lock in this position (workshop position, simulates the front lid being closed). The trunk must be closed.

4. With the exception of the trunk/hood above, all other doors/lids must be closed.

5. In order to simulate normal closed-circuit conditions:

^ Turn the ignition on and activate all electrical consumers, including any accessories. Turn the ignition off. In some cases, a drive cycle may need
to be carried out in order to duplicate a closed-circuit current problem.

^ Open and close the driver's door (simulates somebody getting out).

^ Lock the car, arming the DWA if this is installed.

6. In general, closed-circuit current consistently over 50mA must be investigated. Depending on the vehicle's equipment, closed-circuit current by
vehicle model is approximately as shown above.

[NEW] 7. If the nominal milliamp reading is not achieved after the appropriate time, refer to the troubleshooting charts shown at the end of this
bulletin. On 2005 MY vehicles equipped with BMW ASSIST, there are additional current fluctuations as high as 500ma that last for approximately
2 minutes. The fluctuations occur every 15 minutes for up to 14 hours after key off. This is considered normal operation of the TCU, and should not
be considered a fault. This also applies to 2005 TCUs that are installed into earlier production vehicles as replacement parts.

^ E60, E63, E64 Closed-Circuit Current Troubleshooting E6x up to 9/05 production

^ E60, E61, E63, E64 Closed-Circuit Troubleshooting E6x from 9/05 production

^ E65, E66 Closed-Circuit Current Troubleshooting up to 3/04 production

^ E65, E66 Closed-Circuit Current Troubleshooting from 3/04 production

^ Normal closed-circuit current values for E65, E70, E60, E61, E63, and E64 (new with DIS V53)

CLOSED-CIRCUIT CURRENT MEASUREMENT WITH THE IMIB:

Note:

This technique with an IMIB is particularly suitable for extended measurements, and provides a graphical readout of recorded measurements over
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 290
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2714
time. It is recommended for situations where the use of a multimeter provided insufficient information for problem diagnosis.

1. The IMIB can be accessed from any ISID within the workshop.

2. Select "Activities".

3. Select "Measuring devices".

4. Select from the "Level 1" column, "Measuring devices", and then "OK".

5. From the "Connection manager" screen, select the free IMIB and "Set up connection".

6. The "Measures devices" screen opens on the "Multimeter" tab.

7. Select the "Oscilloscope" tab.

8. Highlight the "CH1" tab to activate channel 1.

9. Under channel 1, "Source", scroll with the arrows to select "Clip-on probe 50A".

10. Make sure that clip-on probe is not connected to the battery cable, and acknowledge the pop-up message with "OK".

11. Change the "A/Div" setting to "1A".

12. Under the "Time" selection box, change the "Time/Div" setting based on the number of measurements needed (5 ms to 200 s). The longer times
should be selected when performing the measurement over an extended period.

13. Select "CH 1" under "Cursor" to monitor the actual readings.

14. Select "Record" if performing long term measurements.

15. After performing the measurement, select "Record" again; the display will change to "Compress" and display the recorded data on the 1 screen.

WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only

ATTACHMENTS
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 291
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2715
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 292
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2716
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 293
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2717
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 294
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2718
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 295
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2719
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 296
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2720

view PDF attachment B610800_Troubleshooting_E6x_from_9_2005.

view PDF attachment B610800_Troubleshooting_E65_from_3_2004.

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 298
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2722
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 299
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2723

view PDF attachment B610800_Troubleshooting_E6x_up_to_9_2005.

view PDF attachment B610800_Troubleshooting_E65_up_to_3_2004.

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 301
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2725
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 302
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2726
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 303
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2727
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 304
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2728

view PDF attachment B610800_Normal_Closed_Circuit_Current_Values.

Technical Service Bulletin # 611207 Date: 091002

Antitheft - No Engine Crank After CAS3 Replacement

SI B 61 12 07
General Electrical Systems

October 2009
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B61 12 07 dated October 2009.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
No Crank After CAS3 Replacement

MODEL
E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series) vehicles produced from 6/2006

E70 (X5) [NEW] vehicles produced from 9/2006

E71 (X6)

E82, E88 (1 Series)

E60, E61 (5 Series) vehicles produced from [NEW] 9/2006

E63, E64 (6 Series) vehicles produced from [NEW] 9/2006

SITUATION
After replacing the CAS3 (Car Access System), the vehicle has a "No crank" condition.

CAUSE
The CAS "Line mode" is still active.

PROCEDURE
Use ISTA to delete the "Line Mode". Select "Activities/Service function/Drive/CAS/Reset starter interlock", and then run the test plan
S6100_KL50MONT.

[NEW]Note that for certain vehicles up to 3/2007, the test plan may not be available. Identify the vehicle manually by selecting "Basic features"
and select a production date after 3/2007 (e.g., input a 6/2007 production date). The test plan will then be available.

WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only

Disclaimer

Technical Service Bulletin # 160209 Date: 091223

Fuel Sys. - Fuel Level Sensor Repair Information

SI B 16 02 09
Fuel Supply Systems

December 2009
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin replaces SI B16 01 06 dated September 2006.

SUBJECT
Fuel Level Sensor Repairs

MODEL
All Models

SITUATION
Where it is necessary to replace the right or the left-side fuel level sensor due to a failure, the entire pump and housing or delivery unit (suction jet
assembly) do not need to be replaced as well. In some cases, EPC does not show that the repair kit is available separately in the illustration, but it is
available in the parts description.

For example, the customer complains that the fuel gauge is inoperative. When diagnosed, the problem is found to be a defective right-side fuel level
sensor. Only the fuel level sensor should be replaced; there is no need to replace the entire fuel delivery module assembly. Refer to the applicable
Repair Instruction for complete details.

Fuel pump repair kits or delivery units (suction jet assemblies) should not be used to repair fuel level sensor concerns, and will not be covered
under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 630408 Date: 091101

Lighting - Headlamp Condensation Diagnosis

SI B 63 04 08
Lights

November 2009
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B63 04 08 dated June 2008.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
Headlamp Moisture: Fault Diagnostics

MODEL
[NEW] All models

SITUATION
There is water or condensation in one or both headlamps.

[NEW] INFORMATION
Under some environmental conditions, condensation can occur without there being a faulty headlamp. A comprehensive test plan that will allow an
accurate diagnosis and repair is available. Follow the relevant test plan in diagnostics, using the latest ISTA diagnosis version. Select "Information
search" and the test plan may be accessed in two ways:

1. Using the "Text search" tab, select "Search for document title" and search using the term "Headlight fogging".

2. Using the "Function structure" tab, select "Body Mechanism, noises, optical element; leaks Water ingress Headlight fogged on inside Start
search ".

Note that a Diagnosis Code will be produced at the end of the test module. Be sure to include the code in the "Comments" section of the warranty
claim.

WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 070409 Date: 091101

Computers/Controls - ISTA Test Plan Priority Error Info.

SI B 07 04 09
Workshop Environment Systems

November 2009
Technical Service

SUBJECT
ISTA Test Plan Priority Error

MODEL
All

When diagnosing a vehicle using ISTA (Integrated Service Technical Application), fault code test plans are intended to be listed by "Priority".
However, the priority given to test plans by ISTA may not be reliable. This may lead to unnecessary diagnosis being performed.

When ISTA was introduced, the entire diagnostics from DIS was migrated over to ISTA. Until all of the diagnostic data has been revised within
ISTA, this type of error may occur.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 307
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2731

Before starting diagnosis, the entire test schedule should be considered. Always use fault symptom diagnosis when available~ and use the customer
complaint as the basis for determining which test plan to start first.

Note:
With each ISTA release, the priority given in the test schedule will become more reliable.

WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 090509 Date: 100112

Computers/Controls - ISTA/P Programming/Coding Info.

SI B09 05 09
Programming/Coding Explanations

January 2010
Technical Service

SUBJECT
Enabling Code Information

MODEL
All

INFORMATION

When ISTA/P requests an Enabling Code during a programming session, only an Application ID and Upgrade Index are shown. The attached
cross-reference will help identify which part code is required:

view PDF attachment B090509_FSC_Enabling_Codes shown above.

Technical Service Bulletin # 653209 Date: 091101

Audio System - Interference/Noise From Door Speakers

SI B 65 32 09
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS

November 2009
Technical Service

SUBJECT
Interference Noise from the Loudspeakers

MODEL
All

SITUATION
Interference noise from the door loudspeakers can be heard in all audio modes.

Cause 2: The loudspeaker wiring or the loudspeaker itself is damaged.

CORRECTION
Work through the appropriate test modules integrated in ISTA diagnosis.

Cause 1: Test module W6513_WAS1 Noise from speaker (refer to Attachment A).

Cause 2: Test module B6512_AudioCICR-Speaker (refer to Attachment B).

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

ATTACHMENTS
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 310
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2734
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 311
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2735

view PDF attachment B653209_Attachment_A.

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 312
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2736
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 313
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2737

view PDF attachment B653209_Attachment_B.

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 652104 Date: 091001

Navigation System - DVD Road Map Information

SI B 65 21 04
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS

October 2009
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B65 21 04 dated July 2008.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
Navigation Road Map DVD for Vehicles with CCC

MODEL
E82, E88 (1 Series) with CCC Navigation (SA 609)

E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series) with CCC Navigation (SA 609)

E60, E61 (5 Series) with CCC Navigation (SA 609)

E63, E64 (6 Series)

E70 (X5) with CCC Navigation (SA 609)

E71 (X6) with CCC Navigation (SA 609)

SITUATION
The navigation system continues to display "PLEASE INSERT NAVIGATION DVD" when inserting the Navigation Road Map DVD into the
CCC (Car Communication Computer) navigation drive.

CAUSE
Incorrect Navigation Road Map DVD inserted into the CCC.

CORRECTION
A separate Navigation Map DVD for vehicles with CCC is available and must be used.

PARTS INFORMATION

WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only

DisclaimerTechnical Service Bulletin # 653809 Date: 100101

Car Information Computer (CIC) - Nav. Road Map Update

SI B 65 38 09
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS

January 2010
Technical Service

SUBJECT

CIC Navigation Road Map Update

MODEL

All models from September 2008 on with option 609 (Navigation System Professional, CIC)

INFORMATION

When requested by the customer, the Car Information Computer (CIC) road map database can be updated using a DVD set. However, this is not a
warranty matter, and the customer should be charged accordingly.

Note:

With the introduction of the CIC navigation road map version "PREMIUM 2010", the road map update must be activated via an enable code (FSC).
Refer to SI B65 30 09 for details.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 315
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2739

PROCEDURE

Refer to Attachment A.

PARTS INFORMATION

WARRANTY INFORMATION

IMPORTANT:

Updating the CIC navigation road map database is not covered under Warranty.

PROCEDURE

1. Connect the vehicle to a BMW approved battery charger.

2. Turn the ignition on.

3. Select the menu "Navigation" via the iDrive controller.

4. Insert the CIC navigation road map update DVD #1. The update process will start automatically, with the progress shown visually on the screen.

5. After DVD #1 is loaded, a message on the display will prompt you to insert DVD #2. Manually eject DVD #1 and insert DVD #2.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 316
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2740

6. The update process will restart automatically.

7. After DVD #2 is loaded, a message on the display will prompt you to insert DVD #3. Manually eject DVD #2 and insert DVD #3.

8. The update process will restart automatically.

9. After DVD #3 is loaded, a message on the display will prompt you to restart the system. Select and press "OK" to restart the system.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 317
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2741

10. The system will then restart with the updated CIC navigation road map database.

11. The CIC navigation system version can be checked in "Options".

Technical Service Bulletin # 170110 Date: 100301

Cooling System - Proper Cooling System Service Procedure

SI B 17 01 10
Cooling System

March 2010
Technical Service

SUBJECT
Proper Evacuation and/or Filling of Cooling System after Repairs

MODEL
All

SITUATION

It can no longer be assured that all air is bled from a modern cooling system after it has been opened for repairs. This can result in poor
performance of the cooling system and also erratic operation of systems utilizing cooling system temperature values. A special tool has been
developed that ensures complete evacuation of all air in the system prior to filling, and also validates if the system is free of leaks prior to filling
with coolant.

PROCEDURE

The Coolant Vacuum Charger tool P/N 81 39 2 152 470 (SI B04 34 08) must be used after completing major cooling systems repairs, or when the
cooling system is drained and needs to be refilled with fresh coolant. Repair instructions for operating the vacuum charge unit are in the attachment
below.

WARRANTY INFORMATION

For information only

ATTACHMENTS
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 318
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2742
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 319
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2743
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 320
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2744
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 321
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2745
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 322
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2746
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 323
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2747

Attachment - B170110_RA_17_00_039.

Technical Service Bulletin # 610805 Date: 100301

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 324
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2748
Body - Sunroof Loses Initialization/DTC A092 Stored
SI B 61 08 05
General Electrical systems

March 2010
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B61 08 05 dated April 2009.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
Sunroof Loses Initialization

MODEL
E90, E91, E92 (3 Series)
E82 (1 Series)
E70 (X5)
E71 (X6)

Vehicles produced November 30, 2004 to March 30, 2009

SITUATION

A loss of initialization of the sunroof causes the sunroof to move only in small increments. A Check Control message is displayed, indicating a loss
of sunroof initialization. Fault code A092 is stored in the FZD control module.

CAUSE

FZD control module software

CORRECTION

The problem has been integrated into ISTA diagnostics. Follow the diagnosis test plan, using the latest ISTA version.

In "Information Search", select the "Text Search" tab and search for "W5410" as the search term.

Select test plan "W5410_WAS4 - Slide/tilt sunroof can only be moved in stages".

WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only

Technical Service Bulletin # 121309 Date: 100301

Engine Controls - MIL ON/Various O2 Sensor DTCs Set

SI B12 13 09
Engine Electrical Systems

March 2010
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B12 13 09 dated March 2009.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
M3 S65 - Various Oxygen Sensor Faults Stored in DME Memory

MODEL
E90, E92 and E93 (3 Series) M3 with S65 engine

Vehicles equipped with the M Double-clutch Transmission (option code 2MK

SITUATION

The Service Engine Soon lamp is illuminated, or poor throttle response is encountered. At least three of the following four faults are stored in the
DME fault memory:

273A DME: Oxygen sensor vibration check behind catalytic converter, bank 1 - Signal stuck on rich
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 325
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2749

273B DME: Oxygen sensor vibration check behind catalytic converter, bank 2 - Signal stuck on lean

277C DME: Oxygen sensor trim control diagnosis, bank 1 - Integral value at max. stop

277D DME: Oxygen sensor trim control diagnosis, bank 2 - Signal offset, rich

CAUSE

The post-catalytic converter oxygen sensor harness may have been routed to the incorrect cylinder bank.

PROCEDURE

1. Remove the rear underbody protection just below the M Double-clutch Transmission, as per Repair Instruction RA 51 47 491, Removing and
installing/replacing rear underbody protection. Remove the post-catalytic converter oxygen sensor connectors from their mounting cradles; pull
gently downward to inspect the oxygen sensor electrical harness.

2. [NEW] Inspect the electrical harness for cylinder bank 1's post-catalytic converter oxygen sensor. The harness should be labeled with the letter
"R" on a small white paper tag, wrapped around the corrugated harness protector (1).

Harness marked with an "R" = cylinder bank 1

3. [NEW] Inspect the electrical harness for cylinder bank 2's post-catalytic converter oxygen sensor. The harness signal wires should be exposed
and not fully covered by the corrugated harness protector (1).

Exposed wires = cylinder bank 2

4. If the harness connection locations are correct, then reinstall the harness connectors into the mounting cradles and reinstall the rear underbody
protection. Further troubleshooting will be necessary using the diagnostic tester; refer to applicable test plan for faults stored.

5. If the harness connections are located incorrectly, then the harness will need to be rerouted to the proper cylinder bank location. Use of a
spring-loaded claw/retrieval tool may be required to feed the connectors to the proper locations.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 326
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2750

WARRANTY INFORMATION

Technical Service Bulletin # 321708 Date: 100201

Steering - Steering Column Rub/Scrape Noises

SI B 32 17 08
Steering and Wheel Alignment

February 2010
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B32 17 08 dated December 2008.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
Rubbing and/or Scraping Noise from the Steering Column

MODEL
E46 (3 Series)
E53 (X5)
E60 (5 Series)
E61 (5 Series)
E63, E64 (6 Series)
E65, E66 (7 Series)
E70 (X5)
E71 (X6)
E82, E88 (1 Series)
E83 (X3)
E85, E86 (Z4)
E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series)

SITUATION

The customer may report a rubbing or scraping noise, which occurs when turning the steering wheel from left to right. While there are a number of
components which can cause this type of noise, this bulletin is specifically related to those noises which occur directly at the steering shaft.

CAUSE

This type of noise can be caused by the following:

^ Contact between the pinion shaft dust cover and the steering gear

^ Insufficient lubrication of the bulkhead seal for the steering shaft

CORRECTION

Isolate the source of the noise, using a stethoscope or other suitable listening device. If the noise is coming from the steering shaft, then the pinion
shaft duct cover should be checked, and the steering shaft seal should be lubricated.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 327
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2751

PROCEDURE

Locate the source of the noise, using a stethoscope or other listening device. If the noise is coming from the steering shaft area, proceed as follows:

1. Using a pry bar or other suitable tool, push up slightly on the pinion shaft dust cover (1) while someone turns the steering wheel. If the noise
changes or is eliminated, proceed to step 2. If the noise does not change, proceed to step 5.

2. Loosen the securing bolt (2) on the steering coupler.

3. Push the dust cap up to eliminate contact between the cap and the steering gear.

4. Refer to the Tightening Torque section of the Repair Manual for torque values and requirements for bolt replacement. Tighten the securing bolt
(2).

5. Lubricate the steering shaft slip ring (1) by spraying Wurthreg; Multi Lube 350 onto the steering shaft from the engine compartment side. Turn
the steering wheel from left to right to distribute the lubricant. Please note that it is not necessary to remove the steering shaft.

6. Remove the trim panel above the brake and accelerator pedals; refer to Repair Instruction RA 51 45 185 "Removing and installing/replacing trim
for pedal assembly".

7. Lubricate the steering shaft slip ring (1) by spraying Wurthreg; Multi Lube 350 onto the steering shaft from the passenger compartment side.
Turn the steering wheel from left to right to distribute the lubricant.

8. Refit the trim panel.

WARRANTY INFORMATION

Technical Service Bulletin # 650410 Date: 100301

Navigation - Update Navigation After (CIC) Head Replaced

SI B 65 04 10
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS

March 2010
Technical Service

SUBJECT
CIC Navigation Road Map Installation After CIC Replacement

MODEL
All models with option 609 (Navigation System Professional, CIC)

INFORMATION
The replacement Car Information Computer (CIC) always comes with the latest Navigation Road Map database installed.

SITUATION
When replacing a CIC head unit, the road map database version that was in the defective CIC must be installed in the new CIC.

PROCEDURE
Refer to Attachment A.

WARRANTY INFORMATION

ATTACHMENTS
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 329
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2753
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 330
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2754

Attachment - B650410_Attachment_A.

Technical Service Bulletin # 842205 Date: 100401

BMW Assist(R) - Reactivation Of BMW Assist(R) Services

SI B 84 22 05
Communication Systems

April 2010
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B84 22 05 dated April 2009.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
Reactivation of BMW Assist Services
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 331
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2755
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 332
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2756

[NEW] MODEL

[NEW] SITUATION

The embedded phone in the Telematics Control Unit (TCU) is deactivated or was never activated with the wireless carrier; and/or the unit does not
have a BMW Assist service initialized for one of the following reasons:

^ BMW Assist(TM) services have lapsed due to non-renewal by the current customer.

^ The vehicle was never enrolled (ESA not completed within 45 days of the Retail Date).

^ Certified Pre-Owned (CPO) or used vehicles where the new customer did not enroll in BMW Assist services.

^ The subscriber originally declined BMW Assist services.

^ A US spec vehicle that was purchased in one of the following ways:

1. Overseas by a person using the Military Sales purchase program.

2. Gray market vehicle.

3. A vehicle purchased overseas by a diplomat.

^ An Electronic Subscriber Agreement (ESA) cannot be created on any vehicle that is not registered in the BMW of North America, LLC warranty
system. Prior to following the procedure in the bulletin, see SI B 01 12 04 (Warranty Coverage: "In Transit" Vehicles and Validation of US and
Non-US Vehicles) for more details on registering a vehicle.

The TCU should not be replaced, but reactivated per the following procedure, if the customer wishes to enroll and receive BMW Assist services.

Non-US Spec vehicles cannot have BMW Assist activated.

ATTACHMENTS _B842205
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 334
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2758
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 335
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2759

view GMS_MOST-bus_Vehicles.

view GMS_Reactivation_Form.

Warranty Information

This is NOT a warranty issue. All cost are the customer's responsibility.

Time

Estimated reactivation time: 20 minutes or less.

Reactivation of BMW Assist Services

BMW Assist TCU Reactivation Form/Warranty Information/Time

2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 341
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2765
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 342
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2766
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 343
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2767
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 344
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2768

FAQ

[New] Procedure (Client Advisor or Service Advisor)

[NEW] PROCEDURE (CLIENT ADVISOR OR SERVICE ADVISOR)

Identifying the scope of work:

1. Check the vehicle's eligibility status in the DCSnet service history. Document the following information:

^ "Assist Safety Plan expires" date

^ TCU ESN/TCU IMEI status:

"INACTIVE" or "ACTIVE"

2. Identify which TCU type is installed in the vehicle by referring to the model section in this bulletin.

^ CDMA: proceed to step 3.

^ GSM: proceed to step 10.

^ INACTIVE: If the customer previously declined or did not renew the BMW Assist services, or if a subscriber agreement was never processed or
received, BMW NA deactivates the wireless carrier and Response Center services.

^ ACTIVE: The TCU is still activated on the wireless carrier network. The "Assist Safety Plan expires" must be beyond today's date, and the TCU
must be active BMW Assist services to work.

3. On CDMA TCUs, verify the work that needs to be performed, using the chart below.

^ Important information on vehicles equipped with a CDMA TCU from 9/05 production, or if the TCU was replaced on a pre-9/05
production vehicle with newer hardware:

^ To comply with wireless service provider restrictions, when a BMW Assist account expires, BMW of North America, LLC must prevent the
Network Access Device (NAD) from registering on the wireless network. If a BMW Assist account has expired and the vehicle was produced
after 9/05 production, BMW may send the Power Off Command (POC) to the TCU. This means that the NAD will not turn on or register on the
network.

^ When a TCU receives the POC, the BMW workshop tools will not be able to communicate with the NAD. When the DIS/GT1 is unable to
communicate with the NAD, the tester will NOT display any information when trying to read the ESN, MIN or MDN. For vehicles which have
received the POC, an alternate test module must be used to turn the NAD back on.

4. Using the above time estimates, identify the scope of work that needs to be performed. Provide the customer with an estimate to reactivate BMW
Assist services.

5. If the customer wishes to reactivate BMW Assist services, he or she must complete a valid, active subscriber agreement with the BMW Assist
Response Center through the enrollment application on DCSnet, located at Sales | BMW Assist | Electronic Subscriber Agreement.

^ Incentives for renewing BMW Assist services: The BMW Assist incentive for selling term extensions is $20 per year of renewed service. For
additional information, please visit BMW/BMW Assist/Bulletins on Centernet and review Parts bulletin B84 07 06 (BMW Assist Enrollment
Sales Incentive Program).

6. Upon completion of an Electronic Subscriber Agreement (ESA), the TCU will be automatically reactivated with the wireless carrier. A new
Mobile Identification Number (MIN) and Mobile Device Number (MDN) will be automatically assigned within 20 minutes.

^ Wait 20 minutes before printing an updated DCSnet vehicle history report, so that the new numbers are displayed.

7. The MIN and MDN are displayed after the reactivation for 14 days. Print this page for the technician to complete the TCU reactivation process
by writing the numbers in to the TCU.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 346
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2770

8. If the MIN and MDN information is required outside this reactivation period, please call the Telematics Analyst to obtain this information prior
to having a technician complete the reactivation process.

A return call or fax from the Telematics Analyst with the new MIN and MDN will occur within three hours during business hours (8:30 AM to
4:30 PM EST). if the customer is waiting, fax the BMW Assist reactivation form and call the telematics Analyst to expedite the process.

9. Provide the technician a copy of the DCSnet service history report, showing the new MIN and MDN.

10. GSM: The Mobile Subscriber International Services Digital Network Number (MSISDN) is NOT needed during the reactivation process. If you
need the MSISDN or if the ICC-ID was not automatically reactivated, obtain this information by faxing the BMW Assist reactivation form. A
return call or fax from the Telematics Analyst with the new MSISDN will occur within three hours during business hours (8:30 AM to 4:30 PM
EST). If the customer is waiting, fax the BMW Assist reactivation form and call the Telematics Analyst to expedite the process.

11. On GSM TCUs, verify the work that needs to be performed using the below chart.

12. Using the above time estimates, identify the scope of work that needs to be performed. Provide the customer with an estimate to reactivate
BMW Assist services.

13. If the customer wishes to reactivate BMW Assist services, he or she must complete a valid, active subscriber agreement with the BMW Assist
Response Center through the enrollment application on DCSnet, located at Sales | BMW Assist | Electronic Subscriber Agreement.

14. Upon completion of an Electronic Subscriber Agreement (ESA), the TCU will be automatically reactivated with the wireless carrier. A new
Mobile Subscriber International Services Digital Network Number (MSISDN) will be assigned to the International Circuit Card Identifier (ICCID).
The MSISDN is not needed for the reactivation process.

15. Have the technician initialize BMW Assist and make a test call per the attachment to this bulletin (B842205_GSM_MOST-bus_Vehicles).

Procedure (Technician)
PROCEDURE (TECHNICIAN)

[NEW] See Attachment "B842205_IK-bus_Vehicles" for the following vehicles:

E46 (3 Series) from 9/03 production, with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639)

E53 (X5) from 10/03 production, with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639)

E85 (Z4) from 10/03 production, with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639)

[NEW] See Attachment "B842205_CDMA_MOST-bus_Vehicles" for the following vehicles:

E60, E61 (5 Series) from SOP to 3/08

E63, E64 (6 Series) from SOP to 3/08

E65, E66 (7 Series) from 01/03 production

E70 (X5) from SOP to 4/08, with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639)

E71 (X6) from SOP to 4/08, with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639)

E82, E88 (1 Series) from SOP to 3/08, with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639)

E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series) from SOP to 3/08, with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639)

[NEW] See Attachment "B842205_GSM_MOST-bus_Vehicles" for the following vehicles:

E60, E61 (5 Series) from 3/08 production

E63, E64 (6 Series) from 3/08 production

E70 (X5) from 4/08 production, with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639)

E71 (X6) from 4/08 production, with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639)

E82, E88 (1 Series) from 3/08 production, with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639)

E89 (Z4) from SOP, with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639)

E90, E91, E92, E93 (3 Series) from 3/08 production, with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639)

F01, F02, F04 (7 Series) from SOP

F07 (5 Series Gran Turismo) from SOP, with Premium Package (ZPP) or BMW Assist (SA 639)

[NEW] See Attachment "B842205_FAQ": for a list of Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) on renewing or reactivating BMW Assist
services.

WARRANTY INFORMATION
This is NOT a warranty issue. All costs are the customer's responsibility.

[NEW] TIME
See the charts in this bulletin.

Technical Service Bulletin # 160107 Date: 100301

Fuel/Emissions System - Evaporative System Leak Testing

SI B 16 01 07
Fuel Supply Systems

March 2010
Technical Services

This Service Information bulletin supersedes S.I. B16 01 07 dated August 2007.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
Testing Evaporative Systems for Leaks

MODEL
All

DMTL TEST MODULE OPERATING HINTS

When performing the DMTL Test plan, it may indicate one or both of the following statements:

^ Extended Leak Measurement

^ Extended Reference Measurement during the test.

These two statements indicate that a leak is present, but it may not be large enough to cause the Service Engine Soon lamp to illuminate or fail the
DMTL test plan. The test plan will take additional steps to ensure that the first reference measurement was accurate by launching an extended
second reference measurement as double check of the system. If these statements are displayed during the course of the test plan, then the integrity
of the system is questionable. Based on these statements in the test plan, additional troubleshooting steps of the evaporative system must be
performed.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS WHEN USING THE VACUTEC SMOKE MACHINE

Testing evaporative systems for leaks is very challenging. We have developed some diagnostic hints, along with the introduction of a new special
tool, to properly connect a smoke machine to the DMTL fresh air vent/filter connection.

Recently the VACUTEC(R) Smoke Machine 625-522B-BMW was added to the BMW Equipment Program. The VACUTEC(R) Smoke Machine
625-522B-BMW is the only approved testing device for the fuel and evaporative systems. This device automatically converts air to high purity
nitrogen, using Pressure Swing Absorption (PSA) nitrogen technology. Orders for the VACUTEC(R) Smoke Machine, 625-522B-BMW, can be
placed by calling the BMW Equipment program.

Included with the new VACUTEC(R) smoke machine are various caps and adaptors to help connect the applicator hose to the vehicle. It is always
suggested not to disturb the system before testing; try to create as little disturbance as possible to the system when connecting the smoke machine.
This smoke machine utilizes an UltraTraceUV(R) smoke solution. The smoke solution incorporates an ultraviolet dye which helps pinpoint the leak
with an ultraviolet residue surrounding the leak area. Determining the source of the leak is made easy when the included Hi-Density True UV LED
light and incandescent white light are used.

For more information regarding evaporative system testing, describing possible fire hazards using oxygen vs. nitrogen, please refer to the following
SAE website:

www.sae.org/technical/papers/2007-01-1235

Shown below is the Evaporative Test Adaptor, which can connect directly to DMTL (Diagnosis Module Tank Leakage) pump-equipped vehicles
only after the fresh air filter connection has been removed.

Evaportive Test Adaptor

(for vehicles equipped with a DMTL pump)
P/N 83 30 0 433 207

1. Bead Chain Support

2. Hose

Hose Connection to DMTL

1. Quick Connect Adaptor

2. DMTL fresh air filter connection

When properly connecting the tool to the system, the main benefit is that it does not disturb the integrity of the system. This tool should be used
anytime the vehicle is in the workshop for a small or large leak in the evaporative system. Shown in the picture is the tool connected to the DMTL
at the fresh air filter connection.

1. Quick Connect Adaptor

2. Clear Hose

3. Smoke application hose/adaptor

All vehicles equipped with a LDP (Leak Diagnosis Pump) system

Vehicles equipped with the LDP system will require a series of small pieces of rubber hose to adapt the smoke machine application hose.

1. LDP Pump

2. Hose with 16mm inside diameter

3. Hose with 18mm outside diameter

1. LDP Pump

2. Hose with 16mm diameter placed over the LDP fresh air filter connection

3. Hose with 18mm outside diameter pushed inside the hose with 16+mm inside diameter

4. Smoke application hose/adaptor pushed into hose (3)

[NEW] NOTE:

It is important that the initial test of the system is conducted with the system intact; avoid disturbance of the system. All electrical connectors and
ventilation pipes should not be disturbed, because an intermittent issue could be disturbed and nothing will be found during the test plan. Electrical
connector seals and pin or socket grommets are important parts of the system's integrity; each component relies on the electrical connectors for
proper sealing. Removing these connectors during testing will result in an incorrect diagnosis of the system.

[NEW] SMOKE MACHINE FLOW METER OPERATION

When testing the vehicle's evaporative system using the flow meter on the VACUTEC smoke machine, the ball indicator should not lift from the
zero measurement on the scale when the system is leak-free. All BMWs are designed to be 100% leak-free. A flow meter ball that is moving,
bouncing or has stabilized in the area above the very bottom of the flow meter tube indicates a leak is present in the system. Plastics have a
tendency to expand and contract with temperature; these smaller leaks in a shaded area (work shop, parking garage, etc.) can expand and grow to
above the 0.5mm threshold when the car is parked in the sun, or a larger leak may decrease in size as the plastics expand.

A flow meter indicating zero flow would be the same as placing your finger over or kinking the application hose of the VACUTEC smoke machine
(no flow = 100% leak-free).

The location of the adjustable pointer must be determined using the internal calibration function of the VACUTEC smoke machine every time just
prior to leak detection, so the internal wear and aging of the smoke machine can be accounted for in the calibration.

^ After calibration is completed and testing of the system has begun, if the flow meter indicator ball (3) is located in the illustration's gray area (4)
during testing of the system, then a leak is present. However, the leak is not large enough to fail the test plan; further diagnosis is required.

WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only

Technical Service Bulletin # 240806 Date: 100302

A/T - Fluid Seepage From The Fluid Pan Area

SI B 24 08 06
Automatic Transmission

March 2010
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B24 08 06 dated March 2010.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
[NEW] ZF 6HP Transmissions - Mechatronic Sealing Sleeve Seepage

MODEL
[NEW] E53, E60, E61, E63, E64, E65, E66, E85, E90, E91, E92, and E93 vehicles with ZF 6-speed
6HP19/21 or 6HP26/28 transmissions produced up to 04/08

[NEW] SITUATION
Transmission fluid seepage is visible in the area of the transmission oil pan. In most cases, only an oil "wetness" spot is spotted in the back of the
transmission oil pan (the transmission fluid does not drop on the ground).

PROCEDURE
1. [NEW] Only if a visible leakage trace indicates a substantial loss of transmission fluid (e.g., transmission fluid accumulation on the underbody
panel), replace the Mechatronic sealing sleeve.

[NEW] The "oil wetness" in the area of the sealing sleeve is not an indication of substantial leak, and does not justify this repair.

2. [NEW] Drain and save the long-term fill transmission fluid (Shell M-1375.4).

Replace the sealing sleeve (P/N 24 34 7 588 725) and the transmission oil pan gasket. Follow Repair Instruction REP 24 34 020.

Note:

It is not necessary to replace the transmission oil pan bolts set during this repair. Unnecessary pan bolts replacement will be debited.

Important:

Make sure to push the sealing sleeve firmly into the housing assembly before closing the white locking tab of the Mechatronic.

To ease the sleeve installation, use some lubrication (e.g., transmission fluid) on both sleeves' O-rings.

3. After installation, the correct distance between the transmission harness connector and the housing surface (B) should not exceed 3 mm.

Important:

When installing the transmission harness connector, do use not excessive force - locking of the connector should not require an increased effort.
This would be an indication of an incorrectly installed sealing sleeve!!!

4. [NEW] If the distance between the connector and the transmission housing (A) measures approximately 7 to 8 mm, the sealing sleeve was
installed incorrectly. In such a case, an intermittent connection problem between Mechatronic and the vehicle harness connector will occur,
resulting in various EGS communication faults (e.g., FC 5079 "Serial wire message missing"; FC 507A "Serial line signal plausibility"; "Gearbox
Emergency Program" lamp illumination; and the transmission entering a failsafe mode).

5. In some cases, the incorrectly installed sealing sleeve may permanently damage pins in the Mechatronic connector (X8500). In such a case, the
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 353
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2777
Mechatronic module has to be replaced (pin repair is not possible).

The illustration shows an example of a broken and missing pin #4 in the X8500, caused by improper sleeve installation; this resulted in the
customer's complaint about the inoperative Sport Mode of the transmission.

IMPORTANT:

Damage to the Mechatronic connector (X8500) pins, caused by an improper installation on the sealing sleeve and a subsequent Mechatronic
replacement, is not covered under the BMW warranties.

6. Clean the groove in the plastic oil pan before gasket installation. When reinstalling the oil pan, make sure that the sealing surface of the gasket is
oil-free.

Important:

If the sealing surface is not completely dry, the oil pan may still appear to exhibit a minor leak. Follow the torque sequence and specification from
REP 24 34 020.

7. On vehicles equipped with a plastic oil pan (all with the exception of the E53), replace the drain plug. Follow the torque specification from REP
24 34 020.

8. [NEW] IMPORTANT NOTE: It is not necessary to replace the transmission oil pan during this repair. Unnecessary oil pan replacements
warranty claims will be debited.

9. [NEW] Check and top up the transmission fluid level using Shell M-1375.4. For the filling procedure, refer to REP 00 11 500.

[NEW] Note:

Up to 1 liter of Shell M-1375.4 transmission fluid can be claimed for topping up the transmission fluid level.

10. Warm the engine and test drive the vehicle to verify the effectiveness of the repair.

[NEW] PARTS INFORMATION

[NEW] WARRANTY INFORMATION

Technical Service Bulletin # 654009 Date: 100201

Navigation - European Road Map Is Displayed

SI B 65 40 09
Audio, Navigation, Monitors, Alarms, SRS

February 2010
Technical Service

SUBJECT
CIC Navigation: European Road Map Is Displayed

MODEL
All models from September 2008 on with option 609 (Navigation System Professional, CIC)

SITUATION

The European road map is displayed.

^ The current vehicle position is incorrect.

^ No US addresses can be entered.

CAUSE

The road map test function is activated.

CORRECTION

Deactivate the road map test function.

PROCEDURE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 356
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2780
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 357
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2781

ATTACHMENTS
view attachment B654009_Attachment_A.

Technical Service Bulletin # 170107 Date: 100601

Cooling System - Long Term Coolant Service Information

SI B 17 01 07
Cooling Systems

June 2010
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B17 01 07 dated October 2007.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
BMW Long-term Antifreeze/Coolant: Maintenance, Repairs, and Replacement Requirements

MODEL
2003 E85 (Z4)

2004 and newer, all models

INFORMATION
The cooling systems for the BMW vehicles listed above must only be filled with a long-term ethylene glycol antifreeze/coolant solution containing
corrosion inhibitors that are compatible with aluminum components.

Engine Antifreeze/Coolants for BMW vehicles have four basic functions:

^ Help provide sufficient cooling;

^ Help provide the cooling system with protection against winter freeze-ups and summer boilovers;

^ Protect various metals (gray cast iron, steel, aluminum alloys, brass, copper, and solder) against corrosion; and

^ Prevent excessive silicate gel precipitation, which may cause clogging of the cooling system.

[NEW] Coolant System Repairs

In conjunction with any major repairs where aluminum or metal cooling system components are replaced (e.g., radiator, cylinder head), drain and
completely replace the long-term antifreeze/coolant. These components require corrosion protection that is only available with new long-term
antifreeze/coolant.

For all other repairs involving the draining of partial quantities of coolant (e.g., thermostat replacement), replenish those drained quantities with
new long-term antifreeze/coolant. It is important, in order to maintain corrosion protection, not to reuse any drained coolant. Always recycle or
properly dispose of used engine coolant.

Initial Filling at the Factory and Refilling

The antifreeze concentration of the coolant installed at the factory is valid for all areas of the U.S. and Canadian markets. This should be checked
before the beginning of each winter for sufficient protection against freezing. An antifreeze tester is required to correctly determine the level of
antifreeze concentration.

[NEW] Refer to SI B17 01 06 and SI B17 01 10 (or REP 17 00 039) for more details on refilling the coolant system.

Diluted or Contaminated Long-term Antifreeze/Coolant

The corrosion inhibitors of long-term and short-term antifreeze/coolants do not work together, so it is not advisable to mix the two products.
Topping off a long-term antifreeze/coolant solution with a short-term antifreeze/coolant solution dilutes the level of corrosion protection. In an
emergency situation, when long-term antifreeze is not available, top off with water until a long-term antifreeze/coolant is obtained. Since adding
water will dilute the level of antifreeze protection, always remember to check and adjust the antifreeze concentration as necessary after such
situations.

The color of BMW Long-term Antifreeze/Coolant is blue; however, the colors of other locally available long and short-term coolants vary. These
colors include green, orange, pink, red, or yellow. Mixing BMW Long-term Antifreeze/Coolant with these different colors and types of
antifreeze/coolants can result in a discolored solution in the cooling system. If a discolored antifreeze/coolant solution is found in the cooling
system, determine the cause, repair the vehicle as needed, and, if necessary, replace the antifreeze/coolant completely to ensure adequate corrosion
protection.

BMW Long-term Antifreeze/Coolant Chemistry

Long-term antifreeze/coolants utilize Organic Acid Technology (OAT). OAT-type antifreeze/coolant solutions use organic acid salts in place of the
inorganic corrosion inhibitor additives found in traditional short-term antifreeze/coolants. OAT-type corrosion inhibitors are slower-acting, last
longer, and provide excellent long-term corrosion protection for various coolant system aluminum and metal components, along with no required
change interval.

BMW's Long-term Antifreeze/Coolant (82 14 1 467 704) is a Hybrid OAT (HOAT) solution, since it also has added silicates to provide
quick-acting protection for aluminum surfaces. Silicates help repair surface erosion caused by cavitation in the water pump.

BMW's Long-term Antifreeze/Coolant does not contain nitrites or phosphates and has been formulated to prevent excessive silicate gel
precipitation, significantly reducing the possibility of harmful deposit formation.

BMW Antifreeze/Coolant Maintenance Summary

BMW's Long-term Antifreeze/Coolant can be used for all model years; however, its use does not eliminate or supercede a stated change interval.
Always maintain the antifreeze/coolant in accordance with the cooling system maintenance requirements outlined in the corresponding vehicle's
Service and Warranty Information Booklet.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 359
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2783

The summary above details the BMW conversion, by model year (MY) and model, to a long-term antifreeze/coolant solution.

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty or the BMW Maintenance Programs.

Technical Service Bulletin # 611305 Date: 100401

Electrical System - Dead Battery Energy Diagnosis

SI B 61 13 05
General Electrical Systems

April 2010
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B61 13 05 dated June 2009.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
Dead Battery - Energy Diagnosis Must Be Performed

MODEL
E65, E66 (7 Series) from 3/2004 vehicle production

All other vehicles equipped with MOST-bus

SITUATION
The electrical system of BMW vehicles has been subject to an ongoing development process over the last few years. This has led to increased
demands being placed on the battery. This document covers important information for the dealer on how to handle "dead battery" complaints.

A dead battery can have various causes, most of which do not concern the battery itself. A failed battery is often the symptom and not the cause. A
fully serviceable battery fails because it becomes discharged. For more information, refer to www.batteryuniversity.com/parttwo-42B.htm. For this
reason, replacing the battery is not usually a permanent repair. The cause of the dead battery must be analyzed in order to guarantee a proper repair.

Only use the latest diagnostic software when diagnosing dead battery complaints.

For this reason, "Energy Diagnosis" must be performed on all dead battery complaints. At the conclusion of the "Energy Diagnosis" test plan, a
diagnostic code will be generated. Certain Energy Diagnosis test plan results ("Exhaustive Battery" charge or "Terminal 30g-f shutdown due to start
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 360
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2784
capability limit", for example) are for informational purposes only, and would not display a diagnostic code. In these cases, the most likely cause is
a faulty battery.

This code (if displayed in the test plan) must be included in the "Comments" section when submitting the warranty claim.

Failure to quote the diagnostic code in the comments of the warranty claim may result in a delay in processing or refusal of the warranty claim.

The two exceptions to the rule are:

^ Battery damage and leakage

^ Use of mobile service and battery replacement to restore customer drivability as soon as possible.

^ In the case of a battery replacement during a roadside repair, a subsequent service appointment needs to be scheduled for the customer, in order
to perform an energy diagnosis to locate and address the cause of the battery failure, as well as to register the replacement battery.

CAUSE
Refer to the "Procedure" section of this Service Information for details.

PROCEDURE

1. Fault analysis (Energy Diagnosis)

There are currently two paths to access the energy diagnosis test plan:

^ If a power management fault is stored, ISTA will select the energy diagnosis test plan automatically.

^ The test plan can also be selected manually: "Function structure>Body>Power supply>Energy Diagnosis".

Note:

The vehicle must have a discharged battery before Energy Diagnosis can be performed. Also, fault codes must not be deleted.

[NEW] Once the test plan has finished, the number [1] "Most Likely Cause" is automatically displayed if any are calculated by the test plan. Finish
the test plan by processing all the "Most Likely Causes", starting from [1]. For purposes of diagnosis and warranty, the number [1] cause should be
diagnosed and the other listed causes should be used for informational purposes. This is because the stored energy history is calculated over the last
3,000 kilometers, and the most recent cause of a discharged battery is listed under [1]. If no "Most Likely Causes" are calculated, the results screen
will be displayed: "Most Likely Cause (0)".

[NEW] As an example:

Most Likely Causes listed

[1] Closed-circuit current is too high

[2] Terminal 30g-f shutdown due to start capability limit

[3] Side Lights/Parking lights left on too long

[NEW] In this example, "closed-circuit current too high" should be diagnosed and the other 2 causes should be used for informational purposes.
Even though an operating fault is listed under number [3], the most likely cause is listed as a vehicle fault.

Possible "Most Likely Causes" are:

Vehicle fault

^ Battery fault/alternator fault

^ Vehicle is not entering sleep mode

^ Vehicle is constantly awoken from sleep mode

^ Closed-circuit current is too high

^ Exhaustive battery charge (for information only)

^ Terminal 30g-f shutdown due to start capability limit (for information only)

Operating fault

[NEW] If any of the operating faults listed below are displayed as the number [1] "Most Likely Cause", this is not considered a factory defect and a
warranty claim should not be submitted, even though a diagnostic code is generated at the end of the test plan.

^ Lights/hazard warning lamps left on for too long

^ Terminal R/15 left on for too long

^ Except for the vehicles listed below, the fault is set when the engine is off and terminal 15/R is left on for more then 30 minutes; and the
power supply drops below 11.5 volts for at least 2 minutes. the amount of time that terminal 15/R is left on is accurate.

^ For the following vehicles, this fault is not reliable and should not be considered a customer error:

^ E65 and E66 (7 Series)

^ E90, E91, and E92 (3 Series) prior to 3/07

^ E60 and E61 (5 Series), vehicle integration level prior to E060-07-09-500

^ E63 and E64 (6 Series), vehicle integration level prior to E060-07-09-500

^ E70 (X5) prior to 3/07

^ Unfavorable driving profile (e.g., extremely short distances)

^ Vehicle parked for too long

A functional description of Energy Diagnosis and terminal control, together with troubleshooting information, can be found in the Energy
Diagnosis test module.

[NEW] On certain vehicles (E70 and E71 vehicles produced prior to 6/30/2009), general information is displayed at the end of the energy diagnosis
test plan, prompting to physically check the battery.

[NEW] The message displayed is as follows: "The 90 Ah AGM battery which was originally fitted in the factory may have lost capacity
prematurely. The following vehicles are affected: European national-market version, production date before 31.03.2009 US national-market
version, production date before 30.06.2009. Do the letters "US" appear after the manufacturer's number (see example below) on the battery label?
Example of serial number and manufacturer's number on the battery label: BMW S: 61 21 7 551 331158 558-10".

[NEW] After checking the battery, complete the test plan recommendations. If the battery needs to be replaced after inspecting the battery label,
note the DIAGCODE. This special situation is considered a warranty matter, regardless of the energy diagnosis results or Midtronics print-out.

2. Closed circuit current measurement

Refer to SI B61 08 00, Closed Circuit Current Measurement, for the procedure and troubleshooting hints.

Refer to the ISTA functional description for further information. Use the following path to access this information:

^ All except E65 and E66: Function structure>Body>Power supply>Deactivation, closed circuit current violation

^ E65 and E66: Function structure>Body>Power supply>Voltage and current monitoring>Closedcircuit current performance>Closed-circuit
current diagnosis.

3. Checking the charging system

Refer to SI B04 25 02 for information on how to test the charging system.

4. Checking the battery condition

Refer to SI B61 11 09 for information on how to test the battery.

Refer to the ISTA functional description for further information. Use the following path to access this information: Function
structure>Body>Power supply>Alternator.

5. New battery registration

Registration of the new battery is necessary, using the ISTA service function. If the new battery is not registered, erroneous messages (check
control) may appear.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 362
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2786

Use the following path the register the new battery: "Service function>Body>Power supply>Battery>Register battery change". Follow the test plan
instructions.

If a new battery is installed, the "Energy Diagnosis" test plan should be completed prior to registering the new battery. When the battery is
registered, the stored energy history is deleted.

This may cause the vehicle to return if the root cause of the dead battery is not determined.

6. Recharging the battery

Refer to SI B61 11 09 for information on how to recharge the battery.

WARRANTY INFORMATION

Technical Service Bulletin # 000702 Date: 090201

Maintenance - Condition Based Service (CBS) Overview

SI B 00 07 02
Maintenance and General Hints

February 2009
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B00 07 02 dated November 2007.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
Condition Based Service

MODEL
[NEW] All models with Condition Based Service

SITUATION
This information is intended to provide a general system overview of Condition Based Service (CBS), which is an advanced development of the
previous Service Interval Indicator systems.

CBS measures, monitors and determines the required maintenance of several service items independently of each other. This technology prompts
the customer to bring the vehicle in for service whenever one of the CBS items requires maintenance or replacement. CBS strikes a compromise
between too frequent maintenance intervals and too rigid service intervals that call for the replacement of service items that may still have
substantial remaining useful life. CBS also details the recommended, due, and overdue required maintenance during and after the BMW Vehicle
Maintenance Program Agreement.

[NEW] For details of CBS service items and maintenance intervals, refer to the vehicle and model year specific Service Information bulletins
entitled "New Vehicle Preparation and Maintenance Requirements" located in Group 00 or the relevant Owner's Manual.

SERVICE RECOGNITION

The vehicle recognizes when a service is required using the following three methods:

A. Adaptive, using sensor technology and algorithms to determine the required maintenance of a service item depending upon the individual
customer driving style. For example:

^ Oil change is determined from the engine oil condition sensor which monitors the oil condition, oil level, and oil temperature, and from
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 363
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2787
additional algorithms using these parameters: engine load, fuel consumption, time and distance since the last oil change.

^ [NEW] Microfilter replacement (dependent on vehicle model and CBS version).

^ Replacements of front and rear brake pads are determined from 2-stage brake lining wear sensors located on the left front and right rear brake
pads, and from residual wear algorithms using these input parameters: travel distance, wheel speed, braking pressure, braking time, and
braking frequency.

B. Fixed Time (months) to determine the required maintenance of a service item. For example:

^ Brake Fluid and Engine Coolant changes.

^ State Safety and Emissions Inspections.

C. Fixed Distance (miles) to determine the required maintenance of a service item. For example:

^ Vehicle Check.

^ [NEW] Spark plug replacement (dependent on vehicle model and CBS version)

^ [NEW] State Safety and Emissions inspections

D. [NEW] Connected to Oil Service, based on which oil service being performed. For example:

^ Spark plug replacement (dependent on vehicle model and CBS version)

^ Air filter

^ Automatic transmission fluid

^ Microfilter replacement (dependent on vehicle model and CBS version)

[NEW] SERVICE INDICATION (EXCEPT E65 AND E66)

The service indicators are displayed in two possible locations inside the vehicle:

1. Instrument Cluster

The Instrument Cluster CBS display uses two separate displays:

^ A colored symbol in the center upper display:

^ Orange for normal

^ Yellow for service due

^ Red for service overdue

^ The remaining distance display is in the center lower display.

The illustration shows the CBS Display in the Instrument Cluster.

(1) The CBS symbol in center upper display

(2) The remaining distance display in the center lower display

2. Central Information Display (CID)

For vehicles with a CID, the CID can display all information on the individual service operations. The CBS functions are stored in the "Settings"
menu item and can be used exclusively for individual user settings.

Press the controller down in the main menu and the "Settings" menu will appear.

Turn the controller until "Service" is highlighted, then press to activate the CBS menu.

The CBS menu window will appear and is divided into the following control and display fields:

^ Status bar

^ First menu bar

^ Second menu bar

^ Display field for CBS symbol

^ Display field for service operation.

[NEW]

For vehicles with a CIC (Car Information Computer): from the start screen, select Vehicle Info / Vehicle status / Service required.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 365
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2789

[NEW]

The Service required screen displays all the maintenance items and their current status.

[NEW] PROCEDURE TO VIEW OR RESET SERVICE ITEMS IN THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (EXCEPT THE E65 AND E66)

1. Turn ignition to Terminal 15.

2. Press and hold the Instrument Cluster Set/Reset button for 10 seconds.

3. The upper display in the Instrument Cluster will be illuminated with a Service Item (example: An oil can is the designation for Oil Service). The
lower display in the Instrument Cluster will indicate the remaining time or mileage left for that Service Item (example: 14000). Pressing the button
repeatedly will allow the display to scroll through all of the Condition Based Service Items.

4. Press and hold the Instrument Cluster Set/Reset button again and the lower display screen will indicate "OK" or "DUE".

5. Pressing the Instrument Cluster Set/Reset button again will allow the "RESET" to appear in the lower window for that service. Releasing and
reapplying the button one more time will reset the service displayed in the upper window only. Repeat the procedure for any additional service reset
needs.

Note:

The CBS service items for both State Vehicle Safety Inspection and State Emissions Inspection cannot be viewed in the Instrument Cluster. These
State Inspections can be viewed on the CBS Menu in the Control Display or by DISplus / GT1.

[NEW] PROCEDURE TO RESET THE CBS DISPLAY BMW GROUP DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM (EXCEPT THE E65 AND E66)

Using the [NEW] BMW diagnostic system, the CBS Reset sets the selected service item to 100% (full service interval) and displays a service
counter indicating how many times the service item has been reset.

Note:

The original value of the individual CBS service item will be deleted during the reset procedure.

The next screen offers 3 selection menus:

E65 AND E65 SERVICE INDICATION

The service indicators can be displayed in three different locations inside the vehicle:

A. The Service Need Display (SBA) , located in the Instrument Cluster under the Speedometer, is the evolution of the SIA4 Service Interval
Display. When the ignition (KL15 Terminal) is on, the SBA appears briefly. The first line specifies the mileage range before the next service is due.
The second line, displayed by a clock symbol, specifies the time range before the next service is due. If service is overdue, a minus sign ("-") will
appear with the overdue mileage or time.

For example: The next mileage-dependent service item is due in 350 miles and the next time-dependent service item is due in 14 months.

B. The Check Control Display located in the Instrument Cluster under the tachometer.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 367
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2791

For example: If either the front or rear brake linings are worn, the following is displayed:

^ "Service, see Vehicle menu" is displayed in the Check Control Display. For more detailed information, the user can access the CBS Menu in the
Control Display.

^ The general brake warning lamp and the variable control lamp illuminate in the Instrument Cluster.

^ The variable control lamp shows the symbol of a car on a lifting platform in the bottom center of the Instrument Cluster.

C. The CBS Menu in the Control Display provides additional information on any required service. The CBS Menu can be accessed by doing the
following:

^ Select the "Car Data" menu using the controller.

^ After releasing the controller or returning to the central position, the "On-board Data" menu appears.

^ Turn the controller until the Vehicle Symbol (bottom left) is highlighted.

^ Confirm the selection by pressing the controller.

^ Turn the controller until Service (top left) is highlighted.

^ Confirm the selection by pressing the controller.

^ The CBS menu appears with the service items.

The service items are displayed in three different colors:

1. Green - No service is currently required.

2. Yellow - Service deadline is approaching (please see the above table: "Yellow" Interval Before Service Is Due).

3. Red - Service deadline has already passed (overdue).

To display the information of a service item, turn the controller to select the item and confirm the selection by pressing the controller.

E65 AND E66 PROCEDURE TO RESET THE CBS DISPLAY USING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

The CBS Reset procedure enables resetting of the individual service item. After a service has been performed, the service item must be reset to
100% (full service interval). To reset a service item:

1. Insert the Remote Control into the Ignition Lock.

3. Press and hold the Reset Button located on the upper left side of the Instrument Cluster for about 5 seconds.

4. Release the Reset Button when a 4-line menu appears inside the Speedodometer display. At the top line is the "Back" function, followed by the
first 3 service items. The menu will list the service items sorted by priority of the service due.

Note:

If the Reset Button is held too long and not released when the above 4-line menu appears, the system will go into Instrument Cluster Test
Functions:

01 Identification

02 System test

03 Not used

04 Consumption

To exit Test Functions, remove the Remote Control from the Ignition Lock and repeat steps 1 through 4 above.

5. Tap the Reset Button or the lower FAS Button located in the side of the Turn Signal/High Beam Stalk to view the next service items in the menu.

6. Select the Service Item with "!" or "-" by tapping the Reset Button or the lower FAS Button.

7. Press and hold the Reset Button for a few seconds to display a 2-line menu in the Tachometer.

The third menu line will appear to confirm if the reset is successful. The nominal interval for the service item will also be highlighted in the Service
Need Display (SBA), located under the Speedometer in the Instrument Cluster.

[NEW] E65 AND E66 PROCEDURE TO RESET THE CBS DISPLAY USING BMW DIAGNOSTIC TESTER

Using the [NEW] BMW diagnostic tester, the CBS Reset sets the selected service item to 100% (full service interval) and displays a service counter
indicating how many times the service item has been reset.

The CBS reset procedure is found under: Diagnosis - Function Selection - Service Functions - Maintenance - CBS Reset - Test Plan. Then highlight
the listed procedure and press the bottom right corner green arrow to the right. The original value of the individual CBS service item will be deleted
during the reset procedure.

The first vital step of the reset procedure is to verify the DISplus or GT1 correct date and time: "Are the current date and time correct?" This is
important for time and distance-based service items that are managed by the Instrument Cluster, because the internal vehicle trip odometer and
vehicle data will be synchronized with the internal Tester data. Confirm by either pressing Yes or No (if required, correct date and time in Main
Menu - Administration - DIS - Date/Time). Then select the bottom right corner green arrow to the right.
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 370
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2794

The next screen offers 3 selection menus shown above.

The next screen offers 4 selection menus shown above.

Technical Service Bulletin # 642105 Date: 100501

A/C - Compressor Noise Troubleshooting

SI B 64 21 05
Heating and Air Conditioning

May 2010
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B64 21 05 dated May 2008.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
Troubleshooting Air Conditioning Compressor Noise

MODEL
All

SITUATION

A high percentage of air conditioning compressors which are returned under warranty for complaints of noisy operation have been found to be
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 371
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2795
non-defective.

PROCEDURE

[NEW] This procedure only applies to compressor noise diagnosis that does not require a DIAGCODE as per SI B01 01 10. For these vehicles,
complete the mechanical diagnosis test plan in ISTA (Integrated Service Technical Application). This test plan can be found by performing a text
search using the search term "M6450", or by selecting the following path: "Function structure / Body / Heating and Air Conditioning systems" and
"Start search".

In order to assist with the diagnosis of noisy compressors, a "Check Sheet" has been developed to assist the workshop with gathering information
from the customer to ensure proper diagnosis the first time. Please return this "Check Sheet" with any replaced compressor.

Check to see whether a relevant fault symptom is available, using fault symptom diagnosis. Refer to SI B64 04 07 for more information on how to
access fault symptom troubleshooting.

If no fault symptom is available, please use the attached "Compressor Noise Diagnosis" chart when diagnosing any air conditioning compressor
noises.

WARRANTY INFORMATION
For information only

view PDF attachment B642105Customer_Checksheet.

view PDF attachment B642105Diagnosis_Flowchart.

Technical Service Bulletin # 620209 Date: 100401

Instruments - Shift Lights Can't Be Activated

SI B 62 02 09
Instruments

April 2010
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B62 02 09 dated May 2009.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
Shift Lights on M3 Instrument Cluster Cannot Be Permanently Activated

MODEL
E90, E92, E92 (M3) with Navigation (option 609) and M Double-clutch Transmission (option 2MK)

Vehicles produced from February 27, 2007

SITUATION

After activating the shift lights on the Instrument Cluster, they are then deactivated following a power cycle (ignition off/on).

CAUSE

Software error in the Instrument Cluster

[NEW] CORRECTION

Perform diagnostics with ISTA and work through any related test modules.

Program the vehicle using ISTA/P 2.37.0 or later.

Note that ISTA/P will automatically reprogram and code all programmable control modules that do not have the latest software.

For information on programming and coding with ISTA/P, refer to Centernet / Aftersales Portal / Service / Workshop Technology / Vehicle
Programming.

WARRANTY INFORMATION

Measures Plan and Final Report and attach these reports to the RO in the vehicle file. This additional work should be claimed under the defect code
listed in this bulletin, using the labor operation and labor allowance from the KSD.

Technical Service Bulletin # 631108 Date: 100501

Lighting - Auto-Lamps Switch On Too Early Or Too Late

SI B 63 11 08
Lights

May 2010
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B63 11 08 dated November 2008.

SUBJECT
Automatic Headlamps: Adjust Sensitivity

MODEL

MOST bus vehicles with option 521 (Rain sensor and auto headlight) Vehicles from May 31, 2004
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 374
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2798

SITUATION

The customer complains that the headlamps switch on too early or too late with the headlamp switch set
to the "Automatic" position.

CAUSE

Rain/light sensor sensitivity

INFORMATION

The problem has been integrated into ISTA diagnostics. Follow the diagnosis test plan, using the latest ISTA version.

In the "Information Search", select the "Text Search" tab and search for "W6300" as the search term. Select the test plan "W6300_WAS20
Sensitivity, automatic driving lights".

WARRANTY INFORMATION

For information only. Warranty claims to adjust sensor sensitivity should not be made and will not be approved.

Technical Service Bulletin # 410210 Date: 100701

Body - Frozen Gray Metallic Paint, Special Handling

SI B 41 02 10
Body

July 2010
Technical Service

SUBJECT
Frozen Gray Metallic Exterior Paint with Matte Finish - Special Handling

MODEL
E92 (M3 Coupe) with Frozen Gray Metallic paint, option code U83

INFORMATION

Beginning with June 2010 production, a small number of vehicles will be painted with a new color referred to as "Frozen Gray Metallic". This
two-stage paint color consists of a Space Gray Metallic base coat with a specially formulated matte finish clear coat.

Aside from having a unique appearance, this paint also has several unique properties which require unique handling. Failure to handle this paint
properly could result in permanent damage and costly repairs, which is not covered by the BMW Limited New Vehicle Warranty.

Due to the nature of a matte finish, dirt and debris on the paint surface are less noticeable than on a glossy surface. However, when
washing/cleaning the paint or repairing it, the following recommendations must be followed. If these recommendations are not followed, the result
could be paint that has an uneven surface finish, bright/glossy spots, or colors that do not match.

Cleaning and Care:

^ Never polish or wax the vehicle.

^ No products that are even mildly abrasive, such as polishes, glazes, or compounds, should be applied to the surface of the paint.

^ No mechanical means of cleaning the surface, such as a buffing wheel, should be used.

^ The only recommended surface applications are BMW insect remover and car shampoo.

NOTE:

These products must be used gently and applied with a soft sponge. Rubbing too aggressively (speed and/or pressure) could result in glossy spots
which can only be repaired by repainting the panel.

^ Any outside materials, such as insect remains, resins, tar spots, oils, etc., must be removed immediately using approved products, or damage may
result. Repairing such damage can be time-consuming and costly.

^ Hand washing the vehicle is preferred; however, automatic car washes may be used, provided the following precautions are taken:

^ Touch-less car washes are preferred over those with brushes.

^ Car washes that use brushes may be used, but the brushes must be soft. Plastic bristle brushes should be avoided.

^ Be sure to select a wash program that does NOT apply a surface wax. No wax from an automated car wash should ever be applied.

^ High-pressure water should be used prior to entering the wash to remove any surface contaminants, such as dirt, bird droppings, etc. If not
removed, these could scratch the surface of the paint.

Repairing:

^ If surface scratches, swirl marks, etc., are present, they must not be repaired by polishing or using other surface abrasives.

^ Paint damage should only be repaired by a BMW trained body shop.

^ Special repair instructions are available for this paint and should always be consulted before attempting a repair.

^ When painting a panel with a matte finish, special attention must be given to color matching, as blending of the clear coat into adjacent panels is
not recommended.

^ If paint work is performed on this vehicle, only BMW approved paint products may be used.

WARRANTY
Covered under the terms of the BMW New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

This paint is covered under the new vehicle warranty for defects in workmanship and materials only.

Any other types of damages, from outside influences or improper care, including scratches, swirl marks, glossy spots, etc., are not covered by the
vehicle warranty.

Technical Service Bulletin # 090409 Date: 100501

Computers/Control - Loading/Activation Of Enabling Codes

SI B 09 04 09
Programming/Coding Explanations

May 2010
Technical Service

This Service Information bulletin supersedes SI B09 04 09 dated April 2010.

[NEW] designates changes to this revision

SUBJECT
Enabling Codes

MODEL
All

SITUATION
Enabling Codes are needed for certain module replacements, retrofits, crashed modules or during the QC1 Pre-Delivery Check. This bulletin gives
a general overview of Enabling Codes, which parts are affected, and how to load and activate Enabling Codes.

WHAT ARE FSC ENABLING CODES?

The abbreviation FSC stands for Freischaltcode, which is the German translation for Enabling Code. These codes are used to enable hardware or
software in our vehicles to protect unauthorized access to various vehicle functions. These codes are ordered via the EPC and delivered through the
Sweeping Technology system, SWT.

WHY DO WE NEED ENABLING CODES?

Hardware activation:

With the introduction of the Night Vision System in March 2006, Enabling Codes were first used in a BMW vehicle to activate the components
(Camera and control module) in the vehicle. These codes are the result of a legal requirement, because of strict conditions applying to the use of
this Night Vision technology. With Enabling Codes, BMW could ensure that the system can only be used in the registered vehicle.

Software activation:

Enabling Codes allow BMW to develop new business models like software as a product. This means that the hardware functionality is already in
2008 BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) Copyright © 2011, ALLDATA 10.40 Page 376
BMW M3 Coupe (E92) V8-4.0L (S65) 2800
the vehicle, but is not usable by the customer until he or she purchases and enters the Enabling Code into the vehicle. The first use of the software
Enabling Codes was in the CCC (Car Communication Computer) in March 2007. Enabling Codes protected the speech recognition software within
the CCC.

WHICH SYSTEMS OR CONTROL MODULES REQUIRE ENABLING CODES

^ CCC head unit

^ CIC head unit

^ CIC navigation road map

^ NiVi (Night Vision) camera or control module

^ SDARS (Satellite radio)

^ BMW Performance Power Kit retrofit

^ Future applications

WHAT ARE THE DIFFERENT TYPES OF ENABLING CODES?

1. "INITIAL" Enabling Code*

2. "REPAIR" Enabling Code*

3. "RETROFIT" Enabling Code (Customer pay)

4. "UPDATE" Enabling Code (Customer pay)

* Supplied free of charge

WHICH CODE IS NEEDED AT QC1?

Order an INITIAL navigation map Enabling Code.

All 3/2010 or later vehicles with navigation (option 609) will require an Enabling Code to activate the navigation map for the first time.

The code is entered when running the QC1 test module. No programming is required.

For more detail, refer to SI B65 30 09.

WHICH CODE IS NEEDED FOR A REPAIR OR PARTS REPLACEMENT?

Order the REPAIR Enabling Code directly in ASAP. Refer to the attachment how to order and retrieve Enabling Codes in ASAP.

Depending on the vehicle system, there are a number of different procedures:

CCC: Order a REPAIR Enabling Code any time a CCC is replaced in order to activate SVS. The Enabling Codes are shown in the EPC. For details,
refer to SI B09 02 07. Only for E60 vehicles produced between 9/2003 and 12/2003: submit a PuMA case to request the REPAIR Enabling Codes.

CIC: Order REPAIR Enabling Codes any time a CIC is replaced in order to activate SVS and the navigation system. For details, refer to SI B65 28
08.

NiVi: These REPAIR codes are supplied automatically with the parts when ordered. These codes are supplied on a CD and come with the camera
or control module.

SDARS (from 9/09): Order REPAIR Enabling Codes any time an SDARS component (CIC, RAD2+, etc.) is replaced.

DME with Power Kit upgrade: Order a REPAIR Enabling Code any time a DME is replaced.

WHICH CODE IS NEEDED FOR A RETROFIT INSTALLATION?

Order the RETROFIT Enabling Code.

Depending on the vehicle system, there are a number of different procedures:

BMW Performance Power Kit Retrofit: This RETROFIT code is ordered via the EPC. The CD key is delivered to the dealer in a red envelope that
is supplied as part of the retrofit kit. Instructions for obtaining the RETROFIT Enabling Code are described in the installation instructions in ASAP
(Refer to Parts Information bulletin 11 06 09).

LPG Feasibility Study Pakistan
82% (17)
LPG Feasibility Study Pakistan
32 pages
BMW E9x E92 N54 Turbo Replacement Parts List and Hints
No ratings yet
BMW E9x E92 N54 Turbo Replacement Parts List and Hints
2 pages
BMW M62
100% (2)
BMW M62
10 pages
BMW Engine Wiring 4 Ox
100% (1)
BMW Engine Wiring 4 Ox
4 pages
BMW - M3 - V8-4.0 - E92 - Manual Part1
100% (1)
BMW - M3 - V8-4.0 - E92 - Manual Part1
700 pages
E92&E93 PDC Retrofit
100% (1)
E92&E93 PDC Retrofit
32 pages
Australia Car Database by Teoalida SAMPLE
No ratings yet
Australia Car Database by Teoalida SAMPLE
143 pages
Alpina B3 Transmission Flash For BMW 3 Series Vehicles - San Francisco Bay Area
No ratings yet
Alpina B3 Transmission Flash For BMW 3 Series Vehicles - San Francisco Bay Area
5 pages
BMW M3 E46 S54 Repair Pages240-260
50% (2)
BMW M3 E46 S54 Repair Pages240-260
22 pages
BMW M54 - Wikipedia
No ratings yet
BMW M54 - Wikipedia
1 page
E90 NONadaptive ENG-1
No ratings yet
E90 NONadaptive ENG-1
18 pages
BMW - M3 - V8-4.0 - E92 - Manual Part2
100% (2)
BMW - M3 - V8-4.0 - E92 - Manual Part2
700 pages
BMW - M3 - V8-4.0 - E92 - Manual Part5
No ratings yet
BMW - M3 - V8-4.0 - E92 - Manual Part5
62 pages
Eml BMW
100% (2)
Eml BMW
6 pages
BMW Power Systems - Energy MGT PDF
100% (1)
BMW Power Systems - Energy MGT PDF
62 pages
BMW Option List English 29-09-2013
No ratings yet
BMW Option List English 29-09-2013
50 pages
BMW E90 GPS Setup
No ratings yet
BMW E90 GPS Setup
15 pages
BMW Inpa English User Guide PDF
No ratings yet
BMW Inpa English User Guide PDF
74 pages
03 - BMW Engines Introduction
100% (1)
03 - BMW Engines Introduction
36 pages
BMW N54 JB4 PNP
No ratings yet
BMW N54 JB4 PNP
31 pages
Enkel Vanos M50-M52 Seals
100% (2)
Enkel Vanos M50-M52 Seals
75 pages
Original BMW Accessories. Installation Instructions. - M5 Board
No ratings yet
Original BMW Accessories. Installation Instructions. - M5 Board
42 pages
Lots of DIY Coding With BMW Scanner v1.4.0 PA-Soft On Win 7
100% (2)
Lots of DIY Coding With BMW Scanner v1.4.0 PA-Soft On Win 7
11 pages
BMW Radio Service Mode
100% (2)
BMW Radio Service Mode
4 pages
Engine General
No ratings yet
Engine General
229 pages
E65 Power Module
No ratings yet
E65 Power Module
30 pages
E 39 Guide
100% (1)
E 39 Guide
11 pages
EML Control Unit Bosch BMW Applic by Engine Sizes
No ratings yet
EML Control Unit Bosch BMW Applic by Engine Sizes
8 pages
BMW N54 Turbo Wastegate Rattle TSB / Extended Warranty
100% (2)
BMW N54 Turbo Wastegate Rattle TSB / Extended Warranty
8 pages
00 Brake Testing and Bleeding: 2008 BMW 328xi 2008 BMW 328xi
No ratings yet
00 Brake Testing and Bleeding: 2008 BMW 328xi 2008 BMW 328xi
554 pages
Codigos BMW
No ratings yet
Codigos BMW
26 pages
02 S85 Engine
100% (1)
02 S85 Engine
59 pages
BMW US 1SeriesCoupe 2013
No ratings yet
BMW US 1SeriesCoupe 2013
35 pages
E92 M3 Chassis & Suspension - SM
No ratings yet
E92 M3 Chassis & Suspension - SM
16 pages
Si B 61 08 00
No ratings yet
Si B 61 08 00
3 pages
BMW FastFacts April08 PDF
No ratings yet
BMW FastFacts April08 PDF
276 pages
02 - E90 Suspension & Chassis
No ratings yet
02 - E90 Suspension & Chassis
18 pages
BMW N54 HPFP Warranty Extension TSB
No ratings yet
BMW N54 HPFP Warranty Extension TSB
2 pages
Vanos Error
100% (1)
Vanos Error
4 pages
Car Memory Options: Anti Theft System (DWA) (Available Only On Vehicles With DWA Alarm System)
No ratings yet
Car Memory Options: Anti Theft System (DWA) (Available Only On Vehicles With DWA Alarm System)
6 pages
Voice Commands BMW E90 Idrive PDF
No ratings yet
Voice Commands BMW E90 Idrive PDF
1 page
BMW Diagnostics List (Note:For Reference Only) : Series Year Chassis System Function
100% (1)
BMW Diagnostics List (Note:For Reference Only) : Series Year Chassis System Function
92 pages
MST Removing and Installing Both Front Brake Disks
No ratings yet
MST Removing and Installing Both Front Brake Disks
4 pages
N52 Engine Temp Regulation
No ratings yet
N52 Engine Temp Regulation
4 pages
BMW Techspec Autologicsoftwaretechspecforbmwvehicles en PF v3.0
100% (1)
BMW Techspec Autologicsoftwaretechspecforbmwvehicles en PF v3.0
103 pages
For Official Use Only - Keep in A Safe Place
100% (1)
For Official Use Only - Keep in A Safe Place
25 pages
Build A 500HP N54 BMW 135i, 335i, 535i For Under $1,500
100% (1)
Build A 500HP N54 BMW 135i, 335i, 535i For Under $1,500
1 page
BMW
No ratings yet
BMW
10 pages
BMW E60 Park Light Replace
No ratings yet
BMW E60 Park Light Replace
10 pages
E90 Install Guide1.0
No ratings yet
E90 Install Guide1.0
39 pages
Soft Close E60 E61 DIY ENG
100% (1)
Soft Close E60 E61 DIY ENG
4 pages
BMW Lifetime Maintenance Schedule v03.13
No ratings yet
BMW Lifetime Maintenance Schedule v03.13
46 pages
SI B 84 15 05 Retrofitting TCU With BT
No ratings yet
SI B 84 15 05 Retrofitting TCU With BT
3 pages
Fuse Box x3
No ratings yet
Fuse Box x3
3 pages
BMW Engine Wiring 2 Ox
100% (1)
BMW Engine Wiring 2 Ox
4 pages
New Transmissions 8HP 25.29.23
No ratings yet
New Transmissions 8HP 25.29.23
2 pages
Bmw320i 2006
No ratings yet
Bmw320i 2006
4 pages
Airbag: Side 1
No ratings yet
Airbag: Side 1
7 pages
Car2DB Eng Cut
No ratings yet
Car2DB Eng Cut
322 pages
Lista Motoare BMW
100% (1)
Lista Motoare BMW
9 pages
ST041 E46 M Complete Vehicle
No ratings yet
ST041 E46 M Complete Vehicle
203 pages
13239/pnbe Kota Exp Sleeper Class (SL)
No ratings yet
13239/pnbe Kota Exp Sleeper Class (SL)
2 pages
Sadik
No ratings yet
Sadik
2 pages
User'S Guide: One-Way AM Remote
No ratings yet
User'S Guide: One-Way AM Remote
8 pages
Daily Pre-Operationla Check List (Tower Crane)
No ratings yet
Daily Pre-Operationla Check List (Tower Crane)
1 page
B-323-Vis 2022 03 28 18 00
No ratings yet
B-323-Vis 2022 03 28 18 00
3 pages
Second Session Registration Form
No ratings yet
Second Session Registration Form
5 pages
BBPD Arrests-3
No ratings yet
BBPD Arrests-3
5 pages
Holidays Pvt. Ltd.
No ratings yet
Holidays Pvt. Ltd.
79 pages
Pipe Line Pigging
100% (1)
Pipe Line Pigging
7 pages
Vechile Price Details-8
No ratings yet
Vechile Price Details-8
1 page
04 Chap-3 Traffic Survey Analysis & Forecast
No ratings yet
04 Chap-3 Traffic Survey Analysis & Forecast
31 pages
Kent Kf19 Hammer
No ratings yet
Kent Kf19 Hammer
2 pages
00 Montage DL 48 Englisch 03 2011
No ratings yet
00 Montage DL 48 Englisch 03 2011
54 pages
11 - Geo-Spatial Technology (Gis, GPS, Rs Etc.)
No ratings yet
11 - Geo-Spatial Technology (Gis, GPS, Rs Etc.)
4 pages
Dynamic Linkages Between Transport, Logistics, Foreign Direct
No ratings yet
Dynamic Linkages Between Transport, Logistics, Foreign Direct
17 pages
RoRo Conversions Brochure - (Screen) Id 45313 - Original - 45313
No ratings yet
RoRo Conversions Brochure - (Screen) Id 45313 - Original - 45313
12 pages
Annex EASA TCDS A.114 - (IM) - Beriev - BE 200ES E - (Restricted) Suspended PDF
No ratings yet
Annex EASA TCDS A.114 - (IM) - Beriev - BE 200ES E - (Restricted) Suspended PDF
72 pages
PCAR Part 10
No ratings yet
PCAR Part 10
7 pages
Spec FSR 140 120 260 2303R
No ratings yet
Spec FSR 140 120 260 2303R
4 pages
Unit 7 Global 7 GV
No ratings yet
Unit 7 Global 7 GV
133 pages
Semi Detailed Lesson Plan in Kindergarten
No ratings yet
Semi Detailed Lesson Plan in Kindergarten
7 pages
Occupations Vocabulary Exercises Fun Activities Games Icebreakers Oneonone Activiti 52064
No ratings yet
Occupations Vocabulary Exercises Fun Activities Games Icebreakers Oneonone Activiti 52064
2 pages
Blue Dart Project - Rahul
No ratings yet
Blue Dart Project - Rahul
14 pages
Cabinets - Instrument Cab (Spec) R
No ratings yet
Cabinets - Instrument Cab (Spec) R
1 page
Transportation Charges From Source To Work Site: Add 15% C.P. (+) Rs.100.04
No ratings yet
Transportation Charges From Source To Work Site: Add 15% C.P. (+) Rs.100.04
1 page
Dimensions of Cardan Shafts
No ratings yet
Dimensions of Cardan Shafts
11 pages
Amadeus IT Group
No ratings yet
Amadeus IT Group
3 pages
Check in - Your Itinerary Receipt - Spirit Airlines
No ratings yet
Check in - Your Itinerary Receipt - Spirit Airlines
3 pages
How Long Is An ODME Retained Onboard
No ratings yet
How Long Is An ODME Retained Onboard
17 pages